Preface, Contents

System Overview
1
Hardware Description and
Commissioning
2

SIWAREX M Function Description

3

Overview of System Integration

4
Weighing Electronics
Centrally in SIMATIC S7–300
5
Distributed Link to
Equipment Manual
SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7
6

Serial Link
7

Description of the Data Records

8

Optional Components
9

SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10

Error Diagnostics and Treatment

11

Technical Specifications
12
Sales/Hotline/Repairs/
Replacement Parts/Training/
Internet
13
Index

Release 06/2005
 SIMATIC
and SIWAREX
are registered trademarks of SIEMENS AG.
Safety Guidelines This manual contains notices which you should observe to ensure your own personal safety,
as well as to protect the product and connected equipment. These notices are highlighted in
the manual by a warning triangle and are marked as follows according to the level of danger:

Danger
! indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage will result if proper
precautions are not taken.

Warning
! indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage can result if proper
precautions are not taken.

Caution
! indicates that minor personal injury or property damage can result if proper precautions are not
taken.

Caution
No warning triangle means that property damage may occur if proper precautions are not taken.

Notice
NOTICE used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potential situation which, if not
avoided, may result in an undesireable result or state.

Qualified Personnel Only qualified personnel should be allowed to install and work on this equipment. Quali-
fied persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission, to ground, and to tag
circuits, equipment, and systems in accordance with established safety practices and stan-
dards.

Correct Usage Note the following:

Warning
! This device and its components may only be used for the applications described in the catalog
or the technical description, and only in connection with devices or components from other
manufacturers which have been approved or recommended by Siemens.
This product can only function correctly and safely if it is transported, stored, set up, and
installed correctly, and operated and maintained as recommended.

Editor: A&D SE ES4

Publisher: A&D PI 14

Disclaimer of Liability
 Siemens AG 2005 All rights reserved We have checked the contents of this manual for agreement with the hard-
ware and software described. Since deviations cannot be precluded en-
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not tirely, we cannot guarantee full agreement. However, the data in this ma-
permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for nual are reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections included in
damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration subsequent editions. Suggestions for improvement are welcomed.
of a utility model or design, are reserved.
Technical data subject to change.
Preface

Purpose This manual is part of the documentation for the SIWAREX M weighing mo-
dule.
Users will find all information needed to handle the SIWAREX M.
Installation and commissioning personnel will find all information needed
to install and commission the SIWAREX M.

Complete The complete documentation package includes the following manuals.

documentation
 SIWAREX M Equipment Manual
package
 Catalog

Hardware and
software
 SIWAREX M, firmware version 0122 and later
prerepuisites for
this manual  SIMATIC S7/C7 configuration package
(order no. 7MH4 583-3FA64)
The operation of SIWAREX M with SIMATIC S5 is not any longer supported
in accordance with product run-off plan for SIMATIC S5.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 i
Preface

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

ii (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Table of Contents

1 System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2 Setup and Components of a Weighing Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1.3 Weighing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1.4 Fill Level Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1.5 Single-Component Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1.6 Multi-Component Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1.7 Scales for Potentially Explosive Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
1.8 Other Types of Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
2 Hardware Description and Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 Installing the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.1.1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.1.2 Mounting the Module on the Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2.2 Connection and Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2.2.1 Front Plug Connector (X1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2.2.2 Load Cells (X1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.2.3 Digital Outputs (X1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.2.4 Digital Inputs (X1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2.2.5 Analog Output (X1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2.2.6 RS 232C Interface (X2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2.2.7 TTY Interface (X3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2.3 Preparing the SIWAREX M for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2.4 Assigning Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2.5 Preparation and Certification of Scales Subject to Verification . . . . . . . . . 2-24
3 Function Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 A/D Conversion (Measured Value Acquisition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.2 Digital Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.3 Weight Calculation and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.4 Digit Increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.5 Setting to Zero/Automatic Zero Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3.6 Taring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3.7 Limit Values/Empty Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3.8 Standstill Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 iii
Table of Contents

3.9 Fill Weighing/Deduction Weighing (Proportioning Functions) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

3.10 Inching Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3.11 Automatic Reproportioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3.12 Time Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3.13 Material Flow Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
3.14 Monitoring the Proportioning: Coarse and Fine Flow Phase . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3.15 Optimization of the Fine Flow Switchoff Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
3.16 Operational Reliability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3.17 Storing the Parameter Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3.18 Special Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3.18.1 Parameterization Function for Digital Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
3.18.2 Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
4 Overview of System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
5 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1.1 Hardware Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.1.2 Scope of Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2 Parameterizing the SIWAREX M Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 Communication Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.4 DB-SIWAREX, DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.5 Function Description of FC SIWA-M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.5.1 Calling the Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.5.2 Parameters of the Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.5.3 Indication Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.4 Description of the Bits of the Indication Word (IND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.5.5 EN/ENO Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.5.6 How the FC SIWA-M Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.6 Reporting of Asynchronous Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.7 Assignment of SIWAREX-DB Data Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5.8 Background Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5.9 Startup Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5.10 Alarm Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5.11 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
5.12 Sample Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5.12.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5.12.2 Using the Sample Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
5.13 Communication via the I/O Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

iv (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Table of Contents

6 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.2 Distributed Link to SIMATIC PCS 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
7 Serial Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.1 Data Communication with the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.1.1 SIWAREX Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.1.2 3964R Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.2 Selecting the Driver on the TTY Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.3 Selecting the Driver on the RS 232 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
8 Description of the Data Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.1 Overview Data Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.2 Data Formats for S5/S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.3 Detailed Description of Data Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.3.1 Diagnostic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.3.2 Setting Data (Adjustment and Setting Values) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8.3.3 Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data and Commands . . . . . . 8-14
8.3.4 Measured Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8.3.5 Other Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8.3.6 Diagnostic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8.3.7 Print Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
8.3.8 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
9 Optional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
9.1 Connection of Digital Remote Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.2 External verifiable memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
9.3 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9.3.1 Connecting the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
9.3.2 Printer Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
9.3.3 Print Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
9.4 Ex-i Interface SIWAREX IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
10 SIWATOOL - Description and Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
10.1 Installing SIWATOOL on PC/PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10.2 Commissioning SIWAREX M with SIWATOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10.2.1 SIWATOOL Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
10.3 Adjustment of the Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
10.4 Important Notes on Settings in SIWATOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
10.5 Weighing Status and Weighing Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10.6 Proportioning Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
10.7 Scales Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 v
Table of Contents

11 Error Diagnostics and Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

11.1 Data Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
11.2 Operational Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
11.3 Handling Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
11.4 Internal Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
11.5 External Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
11.6 Other Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
12 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
12.1 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
12.2 Physical Requirements and Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
12.3 Electrical, EMC and Climatic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
12.4 Potential Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
13 Sales/Hotline/Repairs/Replacement Parts/Training/Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

vi (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Table of Contents

Figures
1-1 SIWAREX M with the SIMATIC S7-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-2 SIWAREX M in the SIMATIC S7-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-3 The SIWAREX M as distributed periphery in the SIMATIC S7 . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-4 Representation of the SIWAREX M in the ES engineering system (left)
and on the OS operator station (right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5 The SIWAREX M as a controller-independent field device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-6 Diagram of the SIWAREX M setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-7 Setup of the weighing system with a SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-8 Single-component scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-9 Multi-component scales based on SIWAREX M + SIMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-10 Scales for potentially explosive area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
2-1 Back of the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-2 Shield connecting element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-3 Mounting the shield terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-4 Connection elements on the front of the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-5 Connection of load cells using the 6-wire technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-6 Connection of load cells using the 4-wire technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-7 Digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2-8 Digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2-9 Example of the connection of the analog output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2-10 Connection cable for X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2-11 Location of the LEDs to be checked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
2-12 Methods of parameter assignment for various system configurations . . . 2-22
2-13 Placement of the inspection seal and verification stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
3-1 Filtering principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-2 Adjustment procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-3 Digit increment indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-4 Example of assigning parameters to limit values 1 to 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-5 The empty message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3-6 Standstill monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-7 Diagram of fill weighing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-8 Inching mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3-9 Automatic reproportioning when the tolerance minus limit is
underranged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-10 Monitoring proportioning (with reproportioning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
4-1 Possible links to a host system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
5-1 Transmission of weight values and the setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
6-1 Graphic circuiting of the SIWAREX M via the CFC diagram . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-2 Faceplate for visualization of the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
9-1 Connection of optional components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
9-2 Example: Connection of 3 digital remote displays to SIWAREX M . . . . . 9-2
9-3 Connection of several remote displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
9-4 Connection cable X2-Omniscale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
9-5 Selection of the B protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
9-6 Selection of the data to be saved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
9-7 Printer cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
10-1 Dialog for setting up a new set of scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10-2 Zero value and tare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
10-3 Message when adjustment data differ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
10-4 Dialog on scales adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
10-5 Status window of the set scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 vii
Table of Contents

10-6 Proportioning window of the set scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

10-7 The “Parameter” menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
10-8 The control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
10-9 Online error report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
10-10 SIWATOOL (version V4.1) in online operation with SIWAREX M
(version < 0117). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
12-1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

viii (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Table of Contents

Tables
2-1 Setting functions of the DIP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-2 Rules for wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-3 Indication elements on the front of the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-4 Allocation of the load cell connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-5 Assignment of the digital outputs (X1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-6 Assignment of the digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2-7 Assignment of the analog output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
2-8 Components which can be connected to the RS 232C interface . . . . . . . 2-18
2-9 Cable assignment for 9-way and 25-way PC connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2-10 Components which can be connected to the TTY interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2-11 Assignment of X3 (TTY interface of the SIWAREX M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
3-1 Data word for A/D conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-2 Data word for digital filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3 Data words, commands and messages for adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3-4 Parameters and data for digit increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-5 Parameters and data for digital increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-6 Messages and commands for the tare function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-7 Limit values - special cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3-8 Assigned messages and data for limit value and empty message . . . . . . 3-20
3-9 Assigned messages and data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-10 Assigned messages, data and commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3-11 Messages for fill weighing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-12 Messages which differ for deduction weighing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-13 Additional handling and data errors for setpoint change during
running proportioning procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-14 Messages for the test routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-15 Messages for storage of DR4/DR5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-16 Messages for operation with verification capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
3-17 Data and messages for special functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-18 Data and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-19 Selection codes for the digital inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3-20 Data and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-21 Selection codes for the digital outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
3-22 Data and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
4-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
5-1 Explanation of the parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5-2 Causes of errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5-3 Description of the bits of the indication word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-4 Causes of errors (extra information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-5 Indication word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-6 Entry in the diagnostic buffer of the CPU when operational error arrives . 5-18
5-7 Local data of OB82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5-9 Background jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-10 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
5-11 Processing times in msec with the S7-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
5-12 Processing times in msec with the S7-400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
5-13 I/O addresses for the sample program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5-14 Inputs and outputs used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5-15 Markers used (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
5-16 Blocks used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 ix
Table of Contents

5-17 Blocks used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

5-18 VAT10: Parameters and weight values from DB-SIWAREX . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
5-19 VAT11: Application mailboxes in DB-SIWAREX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5-20 Allocation of the I/O input byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
5-21 Allocation of the I/O output byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
5-22 Reading the measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
7-1 Telegram layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7-2 Interface data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7-3 Layout of the sending telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-4 Layout of the receiving telegram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-5 Parameters ot the 3964R protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
7-6 Selection codes for the TTY interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7-7 Data and messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
8-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-2 Data record formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8-3 Format for data and time in the SIMATIC S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8-4 Diagnostic data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8-5 Description of DR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8-6 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8-7 Description of DR3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8-8 Selection code of the adjustment data (decimal specification) . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8-9 Description of DR4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-10 Scales settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-11 Description of DR5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-12 Proportioning parameter value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8-13 Description of DR6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8-14 Selection codes for DI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8-15 Selection codes for DO (decimal specification) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8-16 Description of DR7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-17 Transmission values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-18 Description of DR8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-19 Type of remote display/driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8-20 Description of DR9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
8-21 Basic settings of the analog output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
8-22 Description of DR22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
8-23 Description of DR23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
8-24 Description of DR24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8-25 Description of DR26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8-26 Description of DR27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8-27 Description of DR28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8-28 Description of DR29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8-29 Description of DR30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8-30 Description of DR31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8-31 Status information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8-32 Description of DR32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8-33 Description of DR33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8-34 Description of DR34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8-35 Description of DR35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8-36 Description of DR40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8-37 Description of DR41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8-38 Description of DR42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8-39 Description of DR43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8-40 Tare information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

x (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Table of Contents

8-41 Description of DR51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

8-42 Description of DR80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
8-43 Description of DR81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
8-44 Description of DR100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
8-45 Description of DR101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
8-46 Types of errors in acknowledgment telegrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
9-1 Special states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9-2 Pin assignment of the TTY interface on the SIWAREX M . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
9-3 Selection codes for the TTY interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
9-4 Settings on digital remote displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
9-5 Representation of the decimal point positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
9-6 Possible settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
9-7 Description of the string layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
9-8 Character set used for display data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9-9 Parameterization of the RS 232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
9-10 Interface parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9-11 Pin assignment on the printer side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
9-12 Data for print function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
9-13 Possible fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
9-14 String fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
9-15 Labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
10-1 Representation of the weighing values based on language . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
10-2 Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
11-1 Types of errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
11-2 Data errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
11-3 Operational errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
11-4 Handling errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
11-5 Internal errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
11-6 External errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
11-7 LED allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
11-8 Description of the LED states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
11-9 Diverse errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 xi
Table of Contents

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

xii (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
System Overview 1
This section gives you an overview of the functions of the SIWAREX M
weighing module and a description of its integration into the system.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-1
System Overview

1.1 Introduction

Just what is the The SIWAREX M is a weighing module appropriate for verification. It per-
SIWAREX M? mits complete integration of weighing and proportioning functions in the
SIMATIC.
The basic system is the SIMATIC S7-300.

Standard Since the SIWAREX M can be expanded as desired using standard components
components from the SIMATIC, SIMATIC HMI and SIMATIC NET series it provides you
with an optimal hardware and software environment in which to implement
customized solutions.
The SIWAREX M handles the execution of weighing functions and the time-
critical control of proportioning elements for proportioning scales within a
complete weighing system. The SIWAREX M can also be connected decen-
trally to a SIMATIC PCS 7 via the ET 200M modular I/O
system.

Figure 1-1 SIWAREX M with the SIMATIC S7-300

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 System Overview

What can the The SIWAREX M handles the execution of all weighing functions in a pro-
SIWAREX M do? cessing application.
Time-critical control of proportioning elements for proportioning scales is also
handled directly by the SIWAREX M. Since the SIWAREX M is not depen-
dent on the cycle time of the programmable controller, proportioning valves
can be shut off precisely to achieve an optimum in proportioning precision.
The SIWAREX M can be used for applications under obligation of verification
(commercial scales) as well as for potentially explosive areas (i.e., zones 1 and
2). An optional Ex-i interface ensures intrinsically safe supply of power to the
load cells.

Additional features:

 S7-300 standard construction, connection technology and design

 Fill level and single-component proportioning scales with EC qualification
approval for applications under obligation of verification (class III, 6000 d,
commercial scales)
 High degree of measuring precision (0.01%) with a measuring value reso-
lution of up to +524,000 parts
 CE, UL, CSA, FM and ISO 9001 certification
 Use in the S7-300 (direct integration as FM)
 Connection to SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 via ET 200M modular I/O systems
 2 serial interfaces for connection of a verifiable printer, a verifiable
memory and a verifiable remote display/PC or host
 4 digital outputs, 3 digital inputs, 1 analog output
 Choice of parameterization methods:
– “SIWATOOL” parameter assignment software on PC under
MS-WINDOWS; direct transmission to the RS 232 interface of the
SIWAREX M
– Data block presetting entry in STEP 5/7; transmission of the data block
from the S7 CPU to SIWAREX M
 Load cell interface
– Short circuit and overload-proof power supply of the load cell (max. of
180 mA)
– Detection of wire breaks on sensor, supply and measuring lines
– Load cell adjustment via software
– Intrinsically safe power supply of the load cell (option)
 SIWAREX M can be replaced without having to adjust the scales again.
 Operator control and monitoring via SIMATIC HMI
 Data buffering during power failure
 Write protection for adjustment data via calibration switch

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-3
System Overview

System integration Integration of the SIWAREX M into the SIMATIC provides a freely program-
of the SIWAREX M mable weighing system with which even complex tasks (e.g., multi-component
into the SIMATIC scales and multi-scale systems) can be implemented easily.

Central integration The SIWAREX M is snapped directly onto the SIMATIC S7 bus as a function
into the S7-300 module. This direct integration of the SIWAREX M into the SIMATIC S7-300
permits optimal utilization of all functions of the SIMATIC S7-300 program-
mable controller.
Hardware and software flexibility permits the implementation of a wide variety
of applications (e.g., in the chemicals industry and foodstuffs industry). The
complete family of SIMATIC S7-300 modules is available as the hardware
platform. Easy operator control and monitoring is available e.g. with the
SIMATIC HMI operator panels.

PS

PS: Power supply

CPU: SIMATIC S7 CPU
CP: Communications processor
OP: Operator panel

Figure 1-2 SIWAREX M in the SIMATIC S7-300

Multiple-line Starting with CPU 314, a multiple-line setup can be used with the SIMATIC
setup with the S7-300. The multiple-line setup requires the IM 360/IM 361 or IM 365 (start-
SIMATIC S7 ing with version 2) interface modules.

Multiple-line The IM 621 interface can be used to connect SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC
setup with the C7-621. The IM 361 interface is used to connect SIWAREX M to the
SIMATIC C7 SIMATIC C7-623/624/626. IM 360 has already been integrated in the
SIMATIC C7-623/624/626.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 System Overview

Distributed Since the SIWAREX M can be connected to the PROFIBUS-DP via the
integration ET 200M modular I/O system (IM 153-1 or IM 153-2 interface), the
in the S7/C7 SIWAREX M can be linked as distributed periphery to the SIMATIC S7-300,
SIMATIC S7-400, SIMATIC S7-400H, SIMATIC C7 or SIMATIC PCS 7.
Transmission distances of up to 23 km are permitted. The IM 153-2 is only
necessary when required by other modules (e.g., FM 353).
Maximum number of SIWAREX M units per IM 153-1 or IM 153-2 interface
– For distributed connection to SIMATIC S7
Max. of 7 SIWAREX Ms
(Exception: Max. of 8 SIWAREX Ms with CPU 318-2 DP,
CPU 417-4 DP, IM 467 and CPU 443-5 Ext.)
– With active backplane bus
Max. of 4 SIWAREX Ms

PS

PS: Power supply

IM: IM 153-1 or IM 153-2
DO: Digital output module
DI: Digital input module

Figure 1-3 The SIWAREX M as distributed periphery in the SIMATIC S7

When the SIWAREX M is connected decentrally to a SIMATIC S7-300/400,

SIMATIC C7 or SIMATIC PCS 7, an CPU with PROFIBUS-DP interface, a
CP 443-5 (from version 2) or an IM 467 for connection to PROFIBUS is requi-
red. The version (status 4/99) of the CP 342-5 cannot be used for the bus con-
nection.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-5
System Overview

Distributed in- While the SIWAREX M is usually integrated in SIMATIC S7 programmable

tegration in controllers with the typical PLC programming languages STL (statement list),
SIMATIC PCS 7 LAD (ladder diagram) or FBD (function block diagram), integration in the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is performed via graphic configura-
tion in the CFC (continuous function chart). In other words, integration is
structured instead of programmed.
The SIWAREX M modules are represented in the engineering system (ES)
with technology blocks in the CFC chart. In contrast, the SIWAREX M mod-
ules are represented on the operator station (OS) as faceplates (i.e., screen
blocks).
The faceplates can be used to monitor the weight values and control the
SIWAREX M modules.
A separate configuration package is available for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process
control system which contains a block for the CFC chart, a faceplate for the OS
and the documentation.

Figure 1-4 Representation of the SIWAREX M in the ES engineering system (left)

and on the OS operator station (right)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 System Overview

Integration of the The many functions of the SIWAREX M (e.g., an analog output for analog
SIWAREX M inde- indicators or process recorders, DI/DO for weighing functions, and serial inter-
pendent of the faces for printer and remote display with operator control) also permit it to be
controller used as a field device independent of the controller.

Figure 1-5 The SIWAREX M as a controller-independent field device

Periphery In addition to the bus interface for the SIMATIC and two serial interfaces
(TTY and RS 232C), the SIWAREX M is equipped with 4 digital outputs,
3 digital inputs and 1 analog output.
The functions to be handled by the inputs and outputs can be specified by
parameterization as required by your specific applications.
Using STEP 7 or SIWATOOL (a WINDOWS parameter assignment program),
you can optimize parameter specifications for weighing applications.

Printer/host/PC/PLC/
Host/remote display/PLC
verifiable memory

CPU
SIMATIC
S7-300 Meas. val.
RS 232C TTY EX-i
SIMATIC S7 acquisition
bus interface
SIWAREX M Load cell (option)
PROFIBUS-DP supply
interface
(IM 153-1 3 digital 4 digital 1 analog
or IM 153-2) inputs outputs output
Junction box

LC LC LC LC
Tare Coarse Analog display
Print Fine Controller
Set to zero Overfill Motor control
Start proportioning Limit value Process recorder
: : :
Choice Choice :
of 20 of 30 :
functions functions

Figure 1-6 Diagram of the SIWAREX M setup

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-7
System Overview

1.2 Setup and Components of a Weighing Machine

A complete industrial weighing machine (scales) consists of the following pri-
mary components.

ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ Load

Load bearing element

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
Load cell Load cell SIWAREX M
module Operator
Foundation control +
monitoring
Displays and
operator panels
Printer
etc.

Connection cable
Junction
box

Figure 1-7 Setup of the weighing system with a SIWAREX M

Load bearing Load bearing implements are used to hold the load to be weighed. Examples
implement include platforms, hoppers, trolleys, containers and so on.

Load cell Load cells are measuring sensors which convert a physical value (i.e., weight)
into a proportionate electrical signal.

Built-in elements Built-in elements ensure that the load cells function correctly. Built-in and
guide elements prevent faulty loading which can cause measuring errors and
damage to the load cells. Faulty loading is caused by forces (e.g., lateral
forces) for which the direction of action of the load cell springs is not designed.

Junction box The junction box is used to add together the load cell signals from several load
cells switched in parallel.

SIWAREX M The SIWAREX M module is used as an electronic evaluation device which

acquires and further evaluates the signal coming from the load cell.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 System Overview

1.3 Weighing Functions

SIWAREX M offers the following functions.
 Setting to zero
 Taring
 Automatic zero point offset
 Scales standstill message
 Limit values (min/max/empty/overfilled)
 Proportioning valve control (coarse/fine)
 Tolerance monitoring of the proportioning process
 Automatic reproportioning
 Automatic proportioning optimization (switchoff value “fine”)
 Proportioning monitoring (monitoring of material flow and time)
 Inching mode
These functions support fill level scales, single-component scales, and multi-
component scales.

1.4 Fill Level Scales

Fill level scales Fill level scales are used to acquire the fill level of hoppers, tanks and other
containers. The SIWAREX M offers weighing functions such as gross/net
weight calculation, setting to zero, taring, limit value monitoring, scales stand-
still check and printing. These basic weighing functions can also be used to
implement other types of scales such as platform scales, crane scales, vehicle
scales, etc.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-9
System Overview

1.5 Single-Component Scales

Single-component The SIWAREX M provides the functions required by single-component scales.

scales for fill These functions include coarse/fine flow proportioning, tolerance check and
weighing finished message. Material feed is controlled for fill weighing. Special sup-
plementary functions (e.g., automatic reproportioning when tolerances are un-
derranged, inching mode, and automatic correction of the fine flow switchoff
value) are also included in the module.

Single-component In principle, the functions of a single-component weighing machine for deduc-

scales for deduc- tion weighing are the same as those for fill weighing. The only difference is
tion weighing that material removal is controlled and not material addition (sign reversal for
net weight calculation).

CPU 314 SIWAREX M DI DI DO CP

SIEMENS

Filling

SIMATIC
S7–300

S7–300
LC LC

Coarse Fine

JB
Junction box

Figure 1-8 Single-component scales

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 System Overview

1.6 Multi-Component Scales

Principle of Multi-component scales are used to make mixtures based on preset recipes and
function can be set up from standard components (e.g., SIWAREX M, SIMATIC digital
input/output modules, and so on).
The SIWAREX M handles the function of a multiplexed single-component
weighing system within a multi-component weighing system (i.e., during pro-
portioning, the SIWAREX M performs the setpoint-actual value comparison
and controls proportioning independently of the cycle time of the automation
system. The coarse and fine flow signal on the digital outputs of the
SIWAREX M is available for controlling the proportioning devices. Two digi-
tal outputs are sufficient since, with a multiple-component weighing system,
these are switched through to the applicable bin (see figure) via the root of a
floating digital output module of the SIMATIC (e.g., relay module). This per-
mits almost any number of supply bins to be addressed.

Note
If the nominal current (0.5 A) and the total current (1 A) of the digital outputs
of the SIWAREX M are not exceeded, a SIMATIC relay output module can be
used to switch through the coarse and fine flow signals to the individual bins.
If the nominal current or the total current is exceeded, a coupling relay must
be used in addition to the SIMATIC relay output module.

Recipe sequence control on the CPU or a host control system gives the
SIWAREX M the material-related proportioning data (e.g., setpoint, coarse and
fine flow switch-off value, tolerance limits, and so on) for each individual
component.

Figure 1-9 Multi-component scales based on SIWAREX M + SIMATIC

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-11
System Overview

Depending on the components to be proportioned (e.g., component 1), a digital

output module of the SIMATIC now switches through the signal path of the
coarse and fine flow signal to bin 1. The scales are then tared, and proportion-
ing is started. After conclusion of proportioning, the process is repeated for all
other components.

Standard packages Depending on the requirements, various standard packages are available for
for multi-compo- implementation of multi-component scales (e.g., Batch flexible for high-end
nent scales performance range or SIWAREX Batch for low-end and medium performance
range).

Recipe control The SIWAREX Batch option package supports use of the SIWAREX M as
with SIWAREX proportioning scales. It can be run on programmable controllers SIMATIC
Batch S7-300 and SIMATIC S7-400. A configuration on ProTool which can be
(optional package) adapted to the specific application is standardly made available for operator
control and monitoring with SIMATIC HMI operator panel OP27. Using an
open interface, other operator panels (e.g., OP37) or the WinCC visualization
system can also be integrated.
Since SIWAREX Batch can be scaled, it can be adapted to the particular re-
quirements. The number of production lines and scales in the system can be
defined by the user as well as the numbers of recipes and components.
The SIWAREX Batch software package contains all necessary standard func-
tions which are required regardless of sector. SIWAREX Batch is designed so
that application-specific expansions and supplements can be easily added via
defined interfaces which are open for the user (e.g., accepting recipes from a
host control system).
SIWAREX Batch consists of a kernel for batch control and several subpro-
grams for functions such as weighing, mixing, emptying and so on.
SIWAREX Batch can be used for several production lines at the same time.
This permits proportioning procedures to be run simultaneously on several
scales.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 System Overview

1.7 Scales for Potentially Explosive Areas

Scales for poten- Connection of load cells located in potentially explosive areas requires an in-
tially explosive termediate box (type SIWAREX IS) which is circuited between the
areas, zones 1 SIWAREX weighing module and the load cell (special model for the Ex area)
and 2 or the junction box (JB).
Since the intermediate box contains an Ex-i interface, it must be located out-
side the potentially explosive area.

Process I/O in the Appropriate SIMATIC modules are available for digital or analog inputs/out-
Ex area puts in the potentially explosive area.
Ex modules are used in the automation of chemical plants and are suitable for
applications in measuring, and open-loop and closed-loop control technology.
The primary task of the Ex modules is to separate the intrinsically safe electri-
cal circuits of the potentially explosive area and the non-intrinsically safe, in-
ternal electrical circuits of the programmable controller.
If the digital inputs/outputs of the SIWAREX M are to be installed in the Ex
area, conventional explosion-proof circuit breakers (24 V) can be used.

Remote displays in Remote displays with an analog interface can be used, for example, as remote
the Ex area displays for the Ex area. These remote displays are connected via an explo-
sion-proof circuit breaker to the analog output of the SIWAREX M or via an
intrinsically safe analog output of the SIMATIC. Another choice is to use
pressure encapsulated remote displays.

Controlling and Special intrinsically safe operator panels are available from various manufac-
monitoring in the turers for use in the potentially explosive areas of zones 1 and 2. These opera-
Ex area tor panels can be connected to the SIMATIC S7 via the MPI interface of the S7
CPU or via an additive communications processor (CP), for example.
Pressure encapsulated operator panels (SIMATIC HMI) can also be used
instead of intrinsically safe devices.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-13
System Overview

IB: Intermediate box (Ex-i interface), JB = Junction box, LC = Load cell

Figure 1-10 Scales for potentially explosive area

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-14 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 System Overview

1.8 Other Types of Scales

Other types By using standard components of the SIMATIC, SIMATIC HMI and SIMATIC
of scales NET series, other types of scales can also be implemented. A few examples
are listed below.
 Counting scales
 Check weighers
 Vehicle scales
 Filling scales
 Conveyor belt scales
 Loss in weight scales

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 1-15
System Overview

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

1-16 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Hardware Description and Commissioning 2
This section contains all information required for commissioning. Subjects
include mounting, connection, assignment of parameters, and a description of
the interfaces and indicator and setting elements.

General safety Adherence to these safety notes is mandatory. Non-compliance will invali-
notes date your warranty.

Warning
! Persons who are not qualified should not be allowed to handle this equip-
ment/system. Non-compliance with warnings appearing on the equipment
itself or on the system cabinet can result in severe personal injury or substan-
tial property damage. Only qualified personnel should be allowed to work
on this equipment/system.

Note
This product has been developed, manufactured, tested and documented in
accordance with relevant safety standards. Under normal conditions, this
product will not be a source of danger to property or life.

Caution
! Commissioning is prohibited until it has been determined that the machine in
which these components are to be installed meets the requirements of the
89/392/EC guidelines.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-1
Hardware Description and Commissioning

Warning
! The following rules must be complied with to ensure that the requirements
contained in EU guidelines 89/336/EC are complied with.
 The setup guidelines and safety notes in the applicable manuals and sup-
plementary documentation must be adhered to for both the automation
system and the SIWAREX M.
 All signal lines to the SIWAREX M must be shielded and applied to a
grounded shield retainer rail (see section 2.2).
 Sub D plug connectors with shield braiding and plug connector hood
with shielding must be used.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.1 Installing the SIWAREX M

Preparations Before beginning actual, physical installation, relevant safety precautions

must be taken and the following points adhered to or clarified.
 Was the module still in its original packaging ?
 Check the shipment for transportation damages.
 Check the shipment for completeness.

Slot The S7 interface of the SIWAREX M corresponds to the I/O bus (P bus) of
the SIMATIC S7-300.
All slots of the SIMATIC S7-300 which can be used by function modules
(FM) can also be used for the SIWAREX M.
For additional information, see the SIMATIC S7-300 manual.
The maximum number of SIWAREX M modules which can be installed in
the SIMATIC depends on the following factors.
 Maximum number of modules in the central/expansion rack (CR/ER) or
modular ET 200M I/O device
 Storage requirements on the S7-/C7-CPU
 Maximum permissible current consumption (5 V) from the S7 backplane
bus

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-3
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.1.1 Settings

(BASP/OD) = Disable command output/output disable)

Setting elements A quadruple DIP switch on the back of the housing is used as the calibration
switch, and to switch off the BASP/OD function.
The settings on this DIP switch must be performed before installing the
SIWAREX M since the switch can no longer be accessed after installation.

Warning
! If the BASP function is switched off, you must provide other suitable mea-
sures to prevent outputs which are not switched off from endangering people
or systems.

If the BASP function is not switched off, the digital and analog outputs are
reset and a running proportioning procedure is stopped when the BASP signal
is output by the SIMATIC CPU. See also chapter 3.18.

OFF ON

4
3
2
1
1

Cutout for
DIP switch
Figure 2-1 Back of the SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

Table 2-1 Setting functions of the DIP switch

Switch Description Status on Delivery

1) Switch must be set to OFF (service function). OFF
2) Download function OFF
– OFF = Operation mode
– ON = Download mode (only for service purposes)
3) BASP/OD function: OFF
Use in S7-300 or ET 200M:
– OFF=BASP/OD active
– ON=BASP/OD inactive
Use without SIMATIC:
– Always ON
4) Switch activates write protection (only required for verified scales) OFF
Standard setting: OFF (i.e., write protection deactivated)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-5
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.1.2 Mounting the Module on the Rail

Note
It is imperative to adhere to EMC guidelines when installing the cables (also
those outside cabinets).
Do not place cables next to energy-technology cables, and shield the cables
as described.
In most cases, two-sided shield application is recommended. However, if
interference is primarily low-frequency, one-sided shield application may be
more effective.
Adhere to the grounding concept of the SIMATIC S7-300 to avoid problems
with the potential.
The setup guidelines of the SIMATIC S7 (see manual of the S7-300 pro-
grammable controller under setup and CPU data) must be adhered to for all
mounting steps, and the following instructions must be performed in the or-
der shown below.
A setup which does not conform to EMC guidelines will reduce measuring
accuracy and, in extreme situations, cause ”internal error 04” or ”external
error 02.”

Mounting steps
1. Switch off all voltages on the SIMATIC S7, ensure that it cannot be
switched back on again, and mark accordingly.
2. Make or check protective conductor connection. (See setup guidelines.)
3. Mount shield connecting element.
– The shield connecting element must be mounted on the rail directly
under the slot in which the SIWAREX M is installed.
– Each cable to be connected to the SIWAREX M requires a shield ter-
minal on the shield rail of the shield connecting element (see section
2.2).
4. Insert bus connector. (See setup guidelines.)
– A bus connector is supplied with each SIWAREX M. The bus connec-
tor must be inserted first on the module installed in the slot to the left
of the SIWAREX M.
5. Hang SIWAREX M. (See setup guidelines.)
6. Screw down SIWAREX M. (See setup guidelines.)
7. Label SIWAREX M. (See setup guidelines.)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

Shield connecting
element

Figure 2-2 Shield connecting element

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-7
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2 Connection and Wiring

Rules for wiring Since the rules for wiring listed in the table below apply to SIMATIC S7-300
modules, they must also be used for the wiring of front connector X1 on the
SIWAREX M.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 2-2 Rules for wiring

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Rule for
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Flexible Line Flexible Line with Core End Sleeves

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Max. line cross sec-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0.25 to 1.5 mm2 0.25 to 1.5 mm2
tion
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number per connec- 1 Max. of 2 (in one end sleeve)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tion

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Stripping length 6 mm 6 mm

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Core end sleeves - Without insulation collar (short)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DIN 46228

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Turning moment 60-80 Ncm 60-80 Ncm

Non-flexible lines may not be used.

Shield terminals Select the shield terminal size appropriate to the cable diameter.
Securing a cable with the shield terminal requires that approximately 1.5 cm
of the cable insulation be cut away at the appropriate location so that the
shield is bared.

2 Shield terminal

Shield rail
(fixed)

Figure 2-3 Mounting the shield terminals

Caution
! Make sure that you do not damage the shield braiding when stripping the
cable.
When applying shields to all cables connected to the SIWAREX M, make
sure that there is enough cable between the shield connecting element and
the SIWAREX M so that the SIWAREX M can be removed with all its
cables still connected.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

Indication and The following figure shows all available indication and connection elements
connection ele- on the front of the SIWAREX M.
ments

SF
X1
24V 1 L+ Power
DC24V
OF 9
2M supply
3 DO_L+
4 DO_M

0 DO1 5 Digital
6
ADJ 1
DO2 outputs
DO3 7

X2 DO4 8
DI_L+
DI1 9

DI2 10
Digital
inputs
DI3 11
X3 12 DI_M
13 I_OUT+
15 Analog
14 I_OUT–
output
15 SENSE+
16 SENSE–
17 SIG+
Load cells
18 SIG–

1 19 EXC+
20 EXC–

Figure 2-4 Connection elements on the front of the SIWAREX M

Indication Table 2-3 Indication elements on the front of the SIWAREX M

elements
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Label LED Color Position Explanation

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SF Red LED 1 (to the left) System fault

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
OF Red LED 2 (to the left) Operation fault

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Green LED 3 (to the left) Scales calibrated

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Green LED 4 (to the left) Standstill

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ

0 Green LED 5 (to the left) 1/4d zero

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ADJ Green LED 6 (to the left) Scales adjusted

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
24 V Green LED 1 (to the right) Power supply

Located on the right side of the housing are additional status lamps which
indicate the status of the DI/DOs. The LEDs are permanently assigned to the
respective input/output.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-9
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2.1 Front Plug Connector (X1)

Labelling You can label the individual connections of the front plug connector with a
label strip which is included. This provides customized identification of your
input and output assignments.

Power supply The SIWAREX M module requires 24 V direct current.

The 24 V must be turned on and off at the same time the 24 V for the SI-
MATIC CPU or ET 200 is turned on and off.
The maximum current consumption is 300 mA.
The lines are connected in front plug connector X1 on screw contacts 1 and 2
(see figure 2-4).

Front connector The X1 front connector is equipped with 20 screw contacts for wiring the
following connections.
 Power supply
 Load cells
 Digital inputs/outputs
 Analog output
The required cable cross sections can be found in this section.
Disconnect the front connector from the module to make connection work
easier.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2.2 Load Cells (X1)

Load cells which In principle, all measured value sensors (i.e., load sensors) can be connected
can be connected to the SIWAREX M provided they meet the following requirements.
 Characteristic value up to 4 mV/V
 Supply voltage 10.2 V
 Measuring procedure based on the Wheatstone bridge

Connection alloca- Table 2-4 Allocation of the load cell connection

tion on front con-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
nector X1 Screw Terminal Load Cell Signal Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ UF + SENSE + Sensor line +

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ UF - SENSE - Sensor line -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.17
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ UM + SIG + Meas. voltage +

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.18

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.19
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
UM -
US +
SIG -
EXC +
Meas. voltage -
Supply voltage +

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ US - EXC - Supply voltage -

Load cell connec- Load cells must be connected in accordance with the following rules.
tion for normal
1. A junction box must be used under the following conditions.
areas (standard)
– More than one load cell is connected. (Remember that the load cells
must then be switched in parallel.)
– The distance between load cell and SIWAREX M is greater than the
longest available length of load cell connection cable.
2. When there is a danger of equipotential bonding currents from the cable
shield, an equipotential bonding conductor must be installed parallel to
the load cell cable, or the shield terminal in the junction box must be used
to apply the shield. (Under normal conditions, the shield is applied to the
cable leadin supports of the junction box.)
3. Twisted core pairs should be used for the lines specified below.
– (+) and (-) sensor line
– (+) and (-) measuring voltage line
– (+) and (-) supply voltage line
4. The shield on the SIWAREX M must be applied to the shield holder ele-
ment.

Load cell connec- The “SIWAREX IS” Ex-i interface (see section 9.4) is required when load
tion for potentially cells are to be operated in potentially explosive areas.
explosive areas

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-11
Hardware Description and Commissioning

Load cell connec-

Junction box
tion, 6-wire tech- SIWAREX M Soldering tag
nique with junc- SUPPLY +
tion box Max. of SENSE +
X1 1000 m
SIGNAL +
EXC+ 19 1)
2)
SENSE+ 15 A
SIG+ 17 3)
SIG– 18 B 4)
SIGNAL –
SENSE– 16 5)
EXC– 20 SENSE –

SUPPLY – 6)

Shield Load cells

Shield connecting element

1) PLUS-INPUT 4) MINUS-OUTPUT
2) PLUS-SENSE 5) MINUS-SENSE
3) PLUS-OUTPUT 6) MINUS-INPUT

Figure 2-5 Connection of load cells using the 6-wire technique

Load cell connec-

tion, 4-wire tech- Junction box Soldering tag
SIWAREX M
nique with junc- SUPPLY +
tion box Max. of SENSE +
X1 1000 m
SIGNAL +
EXC+ 19 1)
SENSE+ 15 A
SIG+ 17 2)
SIG– 18 B
SIGNAL – 3)
SENSE– 16
4)
EXC– 20 SENSE –
SUPPLY –

Shield Load cells

Shield connecting element

1) PLUS-INPUT 3) MINUS-OUTPUT
2) PLUS-OUTPUT 4) MINUS-INPUT

Figure 2-6 Connection of load cells using the 4-wire technique

When the 4-wire technique is used to connect the load cells, the signals
(SUPPLY+) and (SENSE+), as well as (SUPPLY-) and (SENSE-) must be
jumpered in the junction box.
The 6-wire technique must always be used for the connection of the junction
box to the SIWAREX M to compensate for temperature and line influences.

Load cell connec- When the 4-wire technique is used to connect the load cells directly to the
tion, 4-wire tech- SIWAREX M, screw contact X1.15 must be jumpered with X1.19 in front
nique without plug connector X1, and X1.16 with X1.20.
junction box

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

Parallel circuiting The cable of each load cell is led through the cable leadin supports (PG
of load cells in the screw-type connection). The cable shield must be applied to the PG screw-
junction box type connection.
The individual cores of the load cell cable are circuited in parallel to the re-
spective soldering tags (i.e., SUPPLY, SENSE and SIGNAL).
 Solder all feeder voltage lines (+) of the load cells and the weighing elec-
tronics to soldering tag ”SUPPLY +”.
 Solder all feeder voltage lines (-) of the load cells and the weighing elec-
tronics to soldering tag ”SUPPLY -”.
 Use the same procedure on the remaining lines.
Soldering tags A and B are reserve connection elements (e.g., for installation
of precision resistors for the cut-off load calibration). A cut-off load calibra-
tion is usually only performed for scales on which cut-off loads occur (e.g.,
vehicle scales).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-13
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2.3 Digital Outputs (X1)

Description The SIWAREX M is equipped with four, floating digital outputs (DO) with a
nominal voltage of +24 V and an output current of up to 0.5 A per output.
The four digital outputs are potentially bound with each other. They have a
common ground and a 24 V voltage supply with fuse. The digital outputs are
short circuit-proof and overload-proof.
The status of the digital outputs is indicated via LEDs on the front of the
SIWAREX M.
When inductive consumers are connected, the digital output used must be
equipped with a freewheeling diode.
The digital outputs can be assigned as desired to the 30 weighing functions
available.

Warning
! The 24 V power supply (terminal X1.3) may not be turned on until the
assignment of the DO is known and the current signal status will not be a
hazard to the system.

Connection The four digital outputs are located on screw contacts 5 to 8 in front plug
connector X1.
Screw contacts 3 and 4 provide the 24 V power supply (L+/M) for all four
digital outputs.

SIWAREX M 24 V power
Max. of 1000 m supply
X1
DO_L+
3
DO_M
4 Load
DO 1
5
DO 2
6
DO 3
7
DO 4
8

Figure 2-7 Digital outputs

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-14 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

Assignment Table 2-5 Assignment of the digital outputs (X1)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Screw Terminal Signal

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.3 DO_L+

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.4 DO_M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.5 DO1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ DO2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ DO3

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ DO4

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-15
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2.4 Digital Inputs (X1)

Description The SIWAREX M is equipped with three, floating digital 24 V inputs (DI).
The three digital inputs are potentially bound with each other. They have a
common reference point (M).
The digital inputs can be assigned as desired to the 20 weighing commands
available.
The status of the digital inputs is indicated via LEDs on the front of the
SIWAREX M.

Warning
! The inputs may not be activated until the assignment of the DI is known and
activation will not be a hazard to the system.

Connection The three digital inputs are located on screw contacts 9 to 11 in front plug
connector X1.
The common reference point (M) of all three digital inputs is screw con-
tact 12.

SIWAREX M

X1 24 V
Max. of 1000 m
DI 1
9
DI 2
10
DI 3
11
DI_M
12

Figure 2-8 Digital inputs

Assignment
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 2-6

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Assignment of the digital inputs

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Screw Terminal Signal

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ DI1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.10 DI2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.11 DI3

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.12 DI_M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-16 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2.5 Analog Output (X1)

Description The SIWAREX M is equipped with an analog output for outputting an analog
value (e.g., for an analog display, a process recorder or a controller). The
analog output is designed as a 0/4 to 20 mA current output. The analog out-
put can be used to output the gross or net weight, or an externally prespeci-
fied value from the SIMATIC or from a host.
The output analog value can be supplied to measured value displays which
are not under obligation of verification, process recorders or controllers, for
example.

Warning
! Before a new SIWAREX M is used, the parameter assignment of the analog
output must be checked!

Connection The analog output is located on screw contacts 13 and 14 in front plug con-
nector X1. The output can be operated with either 0 to 20 mA or with
4 to 20 mA.

SIWAREX M

Max. of 200 m
x1 Example: LIYCY 1 x 2 x 0.5 mm 2
I_OUT +
13
I_OUT –
Load
14 < 600 Ohm
(incl. line
resistance)

Figure 2-9 Example of the connection of the analog output

Assignment
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 2-7 Assignment of the analog output

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Screw Contact

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Signal
Current output + (I_OUT+)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X1.14
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Current output - (I_OUT-)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-17
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2.6 RS 232C Interface (X2)

Description The RS 232 interface uses the RxD and TxD signals.
The interface is non-floating.
Connection X2 on the front of the SIWAREX M is a 9-way, sub D, plug con-
nection (socket).

Components Table 2-8 Components which can be connected to the RS 232C interface
which can be
connected Device Protocol For details, see
Printer (XON/XOFF protocol) Section 9.3
PC, host computer SIWAREX driver Section 7.1.1
PC, host computer 3964R Section 7.1.2
Verifiable memory B protocol Section 9.2

Connection Host
SIWAREX M
X2 e.g. PC
<15 m (e.g., LIYCY 2 x 2 x 0.2 mm 2 )
2 3
5 5
3 2

1)
Sub D, Sub D,
9–way pin 9–way socket
1) For 25-way sub D, see section 9.3.1

Figure 2-10 Connection cable for X2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Assignment Table 2-9 Cable assignment for 9-way and 25-way PC connector

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9-Way PC
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Pin Assignment
25-Way PC SIWAREX M
Signal Name Explanation

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Interface Interface (X2)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
2 3 3 TxD Sending data

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
3 2 2 RxD Receiving data

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
5 7 5 GND Operating
ground

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-18 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.2.7 TTY Interface (X3)

Description The TTY interface uses the RxD and TxD signals, and can be operated in
either passive (floating) or active (non-floating) mode.
Jumpers in the plug connector of the connection cable are used to switch
between passive and active modes.

Type of connection The connection element is a 15-way, sub D, plug connector (socket) with a
element screw lock.

Components Table 2-10 Components which can be connected to the TTY interface
which can be
connected Device Protocol For details, see
Remote digital display 4-digit display Section 9.1
5-digit display
6-digit display
PC, host computer SIWAREX driver Section 7.1.1
PC, host computer 3964R Section 7.1.2

Connection For detailed information on the connection of the remote displays, see chap-
ters 9.1 and 9.2.

Assignment
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 2-11 Assignment of X3 (TTY interface of the SIWAREX M)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Connection X3

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Pin Signal
Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
6 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
RxD -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TxD +
Receiving data -
Sending data +

ÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TxD - Sending data -

ÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RxD + Receiving data +

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
11

ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
12
20 mA/R

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GND
Receiver power supply +
Ground

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
20 mA/T Sender power supply +

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GND Ground

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-19
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.3 Preparing the SIWAREX M for Operation

Introduction After the module has been mounted and all connections have been set up, a
partial function test of the SIWAREX M and all connected components must
be performed at this stage of the commissioning procedure.
Perform the individual steps of the partial test in the order specified below.

Visual inspection Check to determine whether you have performed all steps up to now cor-
rectly.
 Is the exterior of the module undamaged ?
 Is the module installed in the correct slot ?
 Have all mounting screws been tightened correctly ?
 Have all connection cables been connected correctly and secured ?
 Has the front plug connector been plugged in correctly ?
 Have all shields been applied to the shield holder element ?
 Have you removed all tools, materials and parts not belonging to the S7
or the SIWAREX M from the mounting rail and the modules ?

Caution
The 24 V power supply for the SIMATIC S7–CPU or ET 200M and the
SIWAREX M must be turned on and off at the same time.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-20 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

LED test on After the power is turned on, the SIWAREX M switches to operation mode.
the SIWAREX M If operating correctly, the LEDs below will indicate the following states.
LED (24 V)
ON status
LED (SF)
OFF status
LED (OF)
OFF status
If the LEDs do not indicate the correct states, proceed as described in
section 11.

X1 1 L+
SF 24V DC24V

OF 9

Figure 2-11 Location of the LEDs to be checked

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-21
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.4 Assigning Parameters

Introduction Depending on your system configuration, there are various ways to assign
parameters and commission the SIWAREX M.
Use the overview below to select the best method of parameter assignment
and commissioning for your special system configuration.

Overview of possi-
ble parameter as-
IM 153-1
signments and PROFIBUS-DP
or IM 153-2
commissioning S7-300 backplane bus

SIWAREX M
S7–300
CPU
X2 X3

RS 485 RS 232 TTY

MPI bus
Parameter assignment

Parameter assignment

Parameter assignment

Parameter assignment

Parameter assignment
Commissioning
Dependent
on user software

Commissioning

Commissioning

Commissioning

Commissioning
Printing format

Printing format

Printing format

Printing format
FC

STEP 7 Parameter Parameter

telegram SIWATOOL telegram SIWATOOL
DB editor

PC/PG PC/PG
TP PG Host for para. Host for para.
assign. assign.

Figure 2-12 Methods of parameter assignment for various system configurations

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-22 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

Link to the Via PG with DB editor

SIMATIC S7
Edit data block with the editor in the SIMATIC S7, and transfer with the
FC SIWA-M function to the SIWAREX M.
(Parameter assignment and commissioning are possible.)

Link to the Edit the I/O bar of the SIWAREX block in the CFC chart, and then transfer
SIMATIC PCS 7 the modified data to the SIWAREX M.
(Commissioning with SIWATOOL)

Link to a PC Via PC/PG with SIWATOOL

with SIWATOOL
Install SIWATOOL on the PC/PG.
SIWATOOL uses pull-down menus and runs under WINDOWS.
(Parameter assignment, commissioning and printing formatting are possible.)

Link to Via host with data telegram

the host
Data telegrams are used to perform parameter assignment, commissioning
and printing formatting.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-23
Hardware Description and Commissioning

2.5 Preparation and Certification of Scales Subject to

Verification

Notice
Adhere to the latest qualification approval of SIWAREX.

Preparation Preparations prior to actual certification by the office of weights and mea-
sures must be performed by the operator in accordance with following
instructions.
 Commission the SIWAREX M.
 Adjust the scales as described in the manual.
 Check all relevant points for compliance with (1) and (2) or (3) below.
(1) = ER (90/384/EC) European guidelines on non-automatic scales
(2) = EN 45 501 European standards for non-automatic scales
(3) = National guidelines for automatic scales

Verification label Fill in the appropriate data on the verification label for the remote display.
 Max. = maximum load; example: max. = 3 t or 3,000 kg
 Min. = 20 e (in accordance with EN 45 501, class III commercial scales)
A maximum resolution of 6,000 e (digit intervals) is possible for opera-
tion with verification capability.
Example: 20 e = 3,000 kg/6,000 x 20 = 10 kg
 e = verification value (in accordance with EN 45 501)
Example: 3,000 kg/6,000 = 0.5 kg
 s = serial number of the name plate of the SIWAREX M
Affixing the verification label depends on the remote display being used.
For additional information, see the documentation of your remote display.

Certification of
the SIWAREX M
 Certification of the verified scales is performed by an official of the
weights and measures office.
 After certification, turn off the SIWAREX M.
 Remove the SIWAREX M from the rail so that the DIP switch on the
back of the SIWAREX M can be accessed.

Write protection Activate write protection via the DIP switch. (See section 2.1.1.)
DIP switch 4 to position “ON”

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-24 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Hardware Description and Commissioning

Inspection seal on After activation of write protection, the official of the weights and measures
the SIWAREX M office will affix the inspection seal and verification stamp.

View of Back View of Side

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Made in Germany
S

1P 7MH4553
LB/jm/nnnnsss
1

- 1AA41
DIP switch

SIWAREX M
SIEMENS
2
1

E-Stand: 01

95
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ View of Front
SIWAREX
SF Weighing System

OF DI2 1 Affixing an inspection seal

DI3
DO1 over the DIP switch on the
0 DO2 back of the SIWAREX M
ADJ DO3
DO4 2 Affixing an inspection seal
over the area where the two
4
halves of the housing are
joined
3 Affixing of three inspection
seals on the front of the
SIWAREX M
3
4 Affixing the verification stamp
24V (M) on the front of the
SIWAREX M
1 2
3 4

Figure 2-13 Placement of the inspection seal and verification stamp

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 2-25
Hardware Description and Commissioning

Final check A successful final check concludes certification of the SIWAREX M.

 Turn on the SIWAREX M.
 The LED (scales verified) on the front of the SIWAREX M must
light up.
 The verified scales are now certified and ready for operation.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

2-26 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Function Description 3
Introduction The SIWAREX M can be integrated in SIMATIC S7-300 programmable con-
trollers and can also be used as distributed periphery in the ET 200M. The
SIWAREX M can also communicate with other host systems via the serial
interfaces.
Independent of the cycle time of the host system, the SIWAREX M handles
execution of the basic weighing functions and the time-critical control of
proportioning elements for proportioning scales within a complete weighing
system.
The SIWAREX M can be used in applications requiring verification certifica-
tion and also in potentially explosive areas.

Overview SIWAREX M offers the following functions.

 Zero setting and taring the scales
 Automatic zero point offset
 Scales standstill message
 Limit value generation (minimum/maximum/empty/overfilled)
 Proportioning valve control (coarse/fine)
 Tolerance monitoring of the proportioning process
 Automatic reproportioning
 Automatic proportioning optimization
 Inching mode
 Proportioning monitoring (material flow and time monitoring)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-1
Function Description

3.1 A/D Conversion (Measured Value Acquisition)

Description The analog/digital converter of the SIWAREX M converts the analog mea-
suring signal of the load cells into a digital signal.
Every 20 msec a measured value is determined with a "524,000-part resolu-
tion.

Calibration Since the SIWAREX M has been pre-calibrated at the factory, the module can
be exchanged without having to adjust the scales again. A test weight can be
used to adjust the SIWAREX M, or a theoretical adjustment can be per-
formed using the characteristic value and nominal load of the load cell.

Notice
Theoretical adjustment cannot be used for applications requiring certifica-
tion.

Table 3-1 Data word for A/D conversion

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

DIGITS
Unfiltered raw value 346 33 0 - 8 DINT Unit = digit
UNFILTERED

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.2 Digital Filtering

Description An adjustable digital filter compensates for interference caused by vibration

and load fluctuations, for example. This filter is particularly recommended if
you are using worm drives, vibrating troughs and mixers.
The digital filter has the following features.
 Critical damped filter to the 4th power
 Settable filter frequencies: 0.05 to 5 Hz (default = 2 Hz)
 A floating mean value filter (MVF) can be switched in front of the digital
filter.
Illegal filter settings are rejected, and the old value is retained. The filtered,
raw, measured value can be viewed in the service data area.

Filtering principle

Mean
Unfiltered Digital filter Filtered
value
raw value raw value
filter

Mean value of 32
measured values

Figure 3-1 Filtering principle

Table 3-2 Data word for digital filtering

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Sel. code + 100 = MVF active*

0 (100) = No limit value
ADJ_DATA
1 (101) = 5 Hz
2* (102) = 2 Hz
Filter setting 111 3 21 - 42 BYTE 3 (103) = 1 Hz
4 (104) = 0.5 Hz
5 (105) = 0.2 Hz
LIMIT_FREQ
6 (106) = 0.1 Hz
7 (107) = 0.05 Hz

DIGITS
Filtered raw value 350 33 4 - 8 DINT Unit = digit
FILTERED

Illegal limit frequency digital filter Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 01
the applications
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-3
Function Description

3.3 Weight Calculation and Adjustment

Weight calculation Weight calculation is used to convert raw measured values into standardized,
gross weight values. The calculation is performed every 20 msec. In addi-
tion, measured values with a higher resolution (by a factor of 10) are avail-
able to the user for service purposes. This is very helpful for scales requiring
verification since the resolution of their indicated values is limited. The re-
quired standardization or adjustment factor is determined during adjustment.

Characteristic The characteristic value entry specifies the measuring range set for the A/D
value converter. Possible entries are 1, 2 and 4 mV/V (i.e., three measuring
ranges).
The next greater characteristic value must be specified for the values which
are between 1, 2 or 4. In individual cases, it is also possible to specify a
smaller characteristic value when the load cell(s) is (are) not utilized up to
their nominal load.

Decimal place All input and output values related to weight refer to the same decimal place.
This makes the internal calculations independent of the decimal place. The
decimal place can be specified from 0 to 5. The decimal place is only re-
levant for the display or printer. Remember that a total of 6 digit positions is
available.

Adjustment Adjustment is performed in 2 steps.

During the first step, the filtered raw value is stored (via “zero point valid”
adjustment command) for the scales zero point in adjustment digit 0.
During the second step, the filtered raw value is stored (via “adjustment
weight valid” command) for the adjustment weight in adjustment digit 1.
Adjustment digits 0 and 1 are not indicated until adjustment has been com-
pleted.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Note
When certain commands (i.e., “zero point valid”, “adjustment valid” or
“load factory setting”) are called directly after each other, a waiting period
of 5 seconds must be maintained between calls. Otherwise the commands
will be rejected by the SIWAREX M.
A timeout prevents the maximum permissible number of write cycles for an
EEPROM from being exceeded by an accidental cyclic call of these com-
mands (see section 3.17).
When an attempt is made to call one of these three commands again within
these 5 seconds, the command is rejected and the 5-second waiting period is
retriggered again.

The minimum adjustment weight must be at least 5% of the measuring range

set. This is checked by the SIWAREX M during the adjustment procedure
( 25000 digits). The maximum permissible indication increments (“d”) for
verified operation is not checked (maximum load, digit increment).
The scales are adjusted by transferring plausible adjustment digit 1 (adjust-
ment digit 1 greater than adjustment digit 0).
The unit of weight can be specified as any 2 ASCII characters. This unit of
weight is only used for the display and printer. The unit of weight is not used
for internal calculations.

Weight
Calibration diagonal

Adjustment weight
Zero setting area

Adjusted
Dead load

scales zero
point

Load cell 000000 Adjustment digit 0 Adjustment digit 1

not loaded DIGITS
Full scale
524287

Figure 3-2 Adjustment procedure

Adjustment for During adjustment (step 2) in operation requiring verification, the minimum
verification capa- increment voltage of 0.5 mV/e is monitored for a scale interval. The operat-
bility ing mode can be set to “verification required” or “verification not required”.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-5
Function Description

Readjustment When the scales have already been adjusted, readjustment can be performed
with the “zero point valid” and/or “adjustment weight valid” command.

Note
When adjustment digits 0 and 1 contain the value 0, this indicates that the
SIWAREX M has not been adjusted.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Theoretical In special situations (e.g., no verification weights are available, etc.), a

adjustment theoretical adjustment can be performed although this reduces accuracy de-
pending on the characteristic value tolerances of the load cells. (Do not use
the theoretical adjustment for scales requiring verification.) The theoretical
adjustment is possible because the modules have already been pre-calibrated
at the factory. Use of the theoretical adjustment requires that the physical
setup of the scales be correct (e.g., free of force bypasses, cut-off loads, etc.).
There are 2 ways to perform theoretical adjustment.
1. Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the nominal data of the load
cells
2. Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the measuring logs of the
load cells
Transmission of the JD0 adjustment digits for the zero point of the scales and
the JD1 adjustment digits for the nominal load of the load cells on the SIWA-
REX M then replaces adjustment with adjustment weights.
You can calculate the adjustment digits yourself. Or you can enter the load
cell parameters in SIWATOOL and have the calculation done by the program.
Calculation of the adjustment digits also calculates the characteristic curve of
the scales. To conclude theoretical adjustment, the empty scales must be set
to zero. This determines the dead weight and deducts it from the present
weight value.
Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the nominal data of the
load cells
1. Set characteristic value range of the SIWAREX M (i.e., 1, 2 or 4 mV/V).
2. Specify the sum of the load cell nominal loads as the adjustment weight.
3. Enter the value 0 digits in “JD0 adjustment digits ”.
4. Calculate JD1:
Char. val_LC * 504123 digits
JD1 + Enter and send
Char. val. range of SIWAREX M

5. Unload the scales, and activate the “set to zero” command.

Remember to use the “set to zero” command and not the “zero point
valid” adjustment command.
An even more precise theoretical adjustment can be achieved if the exact
data (offset and characteristic value) of the load cells used is known (see
measuring log of the load cells).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-7
Function Description

Calculation of the adjustment digits based on the measuring logs of the

load cells
1. Since the load cells have a nominal characteristic value of 2 mV/V, the
characteristic value range 0 to 2 mV/V must be set for the SIWAREX M.
2. Specify and send the sum of the nominal load cell loads as the adjustment
weight.
Offset_LC * 504123 digits
3. Calculate JD0: JD0 +
Char. val. range of SIWAREX M

4. Calculate JD1:
Char. val._LC * 504123 digits
JD1 + ) JD0; Enter and send
Char. val. range of SIWAREX M

5. Unload the scales and activate the “set to zero” command.

Remember to use the “set to zero” command and not the “zero point
valid” adjustment command.

Example Since there are no verification weights for 20-ton, pig iron scales, a theoreti-
cal adjustment is to be performed. The following technical information can
be taken from the measuring logs for the 3 load cells used.

Characteristic Value Offset

Load cell 1 2.0511 mV/V +17.23 mV/V
Load cell 2 1.9998 mV/V -12.47 mV/V
Load cell 3 2.0245 mV/V -9.01 mV/V
Calculated mean values 2.0251 mV/V -1.42 mV/V

Calculation of the adjustment digits:

* 1.42 mVńV x 504123 digits
Adj. digit 0 + + * 358 digits
2 mVńV

2.0251 mVńV x 504123 digits

Adj. digit 1 + ) (* 358 digits) + 510091 digits
2 mVńV

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Data Words, Commands and Messages

Table 3-3 Data words, commands and messages for adjustment

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Selection code (dec.)

ADJ_DATA 0= xxxxxx *
1= xxxxx.x
Decimal point 102 3 12 - 42 WORD 2= xxxx.xx
xxxx xx
3= xxx.xxx
DEC_POINT 4= xx.xxxx
5= x.xxxxx

ADJ_DATA Selection code (dec.)

Characteristic value range, 1= 0 to 1 mV/V
104 3 14 - 42 DINT
SIWAREX M 2= 0 to 2 mV/V *
CHAR_VAL 4= 0 to 4 mV/V

ADJ_DATA Selection code (dec.)

Operating mode 90 3 0 - 42 WORD 0= Not subject to verification*
OPER_MODE 2= Subject to verification
ADJ_DATA
Adjustment digit 0 122 3 32 - 42 DINT 0*
ADJ_DIGITS_0

ADJ_DATA
Adjustment digit 1 126 3 36 - 42 DINT 0*
ADJ_DIGITS_1

ADJ_DATA
Adjustment weight 112 3 22 - 42 DINT 10000*
ADJ_WEIGHT

ADJ_DATA
Unit of weight 108 3 18 - 42 ARRAY kg*
WEIGHT_UNIT

Zero point valid CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.)

(dec ) = 1

Adjustment weight valid CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.)

(dec ) = 2

WEIGHTS
Gross weight 320 30 0 - 12 DINT
GROSS

WEIGHTS_H
Gross weight indicated more precisely 338 32 0 - 8 DINT
GROSS

STATUS
Scales adjusted 333 31 1 0 6 BOOL Status information
SCALE_ADJ

Adjustment weight too small Message via indication words of 101 02

0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 02
the applications

Min increment voltage too small

Min. Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 03
the applications

Distance between adjustment points too small Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 11
the applications

Specified weight greater than permissible num- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 13
ber range the applications

Illegal decimal point Message via indication words of 101 02

0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 14
the applications

Illegal characteristic value Message via indication words of 101 02

0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 15
the applications

Illegal digit increment Message via indication words of 101 02

0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 16
the applications

Adjustment data not permitted since proportion- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 01
ing procedure is running the applications

Adjustment command cannot be executed since Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 02
proportioning procedure is running. the applications

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-9
Function Description

Table 3-3 Data words, commands and messages for adjustment

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name Length

Addr. No. Byte Bit
Variable Name (Byte)

Function not executed since scales are verified Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 07
the applications

Wait time of 5 seconds not adhered to Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 10
the applications

Distance between adjustment points too small Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 22
the applications
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.4 Digit Increment

Description The digit increment determines the increment width of the indication values
gross, net and tare. Possible increments are 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 and 50. These
values can be indicated with increased resolution (factor 10).
A resolution of up to 6000 e (e = verification value, digit increment) is possi-
ble for operation subject to verification.

Table 3-4 Parameters and data for digit increment

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

ADJ_DATA Selection code 1*,2,5,10,20,50

Digit increment 110 3 20 - 42 BYTE Code (dec.)corresponds
(dec )corresponds to the di-
di
INCREMENT git increment.
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

Example The example below shows a digit increment with a scale interval of 5.

Indication value Increased resolution

gross/net (factor 10) gross/net more precise

Digit increment
Verification value (e)

Figure 3-3 Digit increment indication

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-11
Function Description

Verification value When scales are verified, the verification value “e” corresponds to the digit
increment.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.5 Setting to Zero/Automatic Zero Offset

Description of Soiled scales can cause a shift in the zero point of the scales. Setting to zero
setting to zero resets the gross weight to zero. This zero point is then used for all subse-
quent weighing procedures until setting to zero is triggered again or the zero
point is shifted by the automatic zero point offset.
During operation with verification capability, the current gross value is moni-
tored to determine whether it is within the permissible zero setting range of
2% of the maximum load. During operation without verification capability,
there are no limits. After zero setting, the status display is set to 1/4d-zero
and remains in this state until this condition is no longer fulfilled.
Execution of this function requires that the scales be at a standstill.
When setting to zero is performed, any taring is also cancelled (i.e., the tare
memory is cleared).

Description of au- The automatic zero point offset can be activated to suppress slight drifts
tomatic zero offset caused by temperature, creeping, etc. when the scales are not loaded.
The gross weight is automatically set to zero when the measured value re-
mains within the offset area around the zero point for a certain amount of
time.
The zero point offset operates with a maximum of 0.2 d/400 msec.
During operation with verification capability, the current gross value is moni-
tored to determine whether it is within the permissible zero setting range of
2% of the maximum load. If the zero setting range is exceeded, the zero
point is no longer updated automatically.

Caution
! With very slow proportioning, it must be ensured that the weight value in-
creases by more than 0.2 d/400 msec during the proportioning procedure or
the SIWAREX M will automatically offset the zero point and the setpoint
will never be reached.
If the weight increase during the proportioning procedure is less than 0.2
d/400 msec, the automatic zero offset function must be turned off.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-13
Function Description

Messages, Set to Zero/Automatic Zero Offset

Table 3-5 Parameters and data for digital increment

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

ADJ_DATA
Maximum load 116 3 26 - 42 DINT Weight 10 000*
MAX_LOAD

SCALES_PARA
Automatic zero point offset ON/OFF 133 4 1 0 34 BOOL 1=ON* 0=OFF
1=ON*,
AUTO_ZERO

Set to zero CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code 5

EXTRA_INFO
Zero value more precise 430 43 4 - 10 DINT 0*
ZERO_VAL_H

STATUS
¼ d zero 333 31 1 2 6 BOOL Status information
ZERO

STATUS
Gross weight outside the zero range ZERO_R_EX- 332 31 0 5 6 BOOL Status information
CEEDED

Set to zero/taring range exceeded Message via indication words of 101 02

0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 08
(verified operation) the applications

Set to zero not executed since scales Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 09
not at a standstill the applications

Set to zero not executed since scales not adjusted Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 11
the applications

Set to zero not executed since proportioning proce- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 16
dure running the applications
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-14 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.6 Taring

Description Taring sets the net weight to zero after the scales have been loaded with a
weight. During taring, the tare weight is loaded with the current gross
weight. After taring, only the additional weights on the scales are indicated
in the net weight.
In contrast to setting to zero, taring only applies to the current weight proce-
dure.
When weighing a container whose own weight is known, the weight of the
contents of the container (i.e., net weight) can be indicated via external tare
specification.
When external tare specification (manual, preset tare) is used, this value is
rounded to the set digit increment and loaded in the tare memory with the
“external tare specification valid” command.
The tare weight can be influenced in 3 different ways.
1. Via command: tare or delete tare memory. (Scales must be at a stand-
still.)
2. Automatically at the start of proportioning (i.e., start proportioning with
automatic taring)
3. Via “external tare specification valid” (manual, preset tare)

Scales tared status The SIWAREX M repors the status “tared” when the tare value is note equal
to 0.

Calculation The following formula is used to calculate the net weight for fill weighing.
Net* = Gross - Tare
If the scales have been parameterized for deduction weighing, the net value is
calculated as follows.
Net* = Tare - Gross
* Since the net weight is calculated internally with values of a higher
resolution, the calculation of normal weight values using the above
formula can result in rounding discrepancies.

Operation which is During operation subject to verification, the current gross value is monitored
subject to to determine whether it is below -2% of the maximum scales load. Since ta-
verification ring is not permitted with the negative gross weight, setting to zero is perfor-
med instead. If the gross value is less than –2% of the scales’ maximum load,
setting to zero is not performed.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-15
Function Description

Messages and Commands

Table 3-6 Messages and commands for the tare function

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Tare specified externally SPEC_TARE 256 28 0 - 4 DINT 0*

Tare CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 3

Externally specified tare is valid. CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 4

Delete tare CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 15

WEIGHTS
Net weight 324 30 4 - 12 DINT
NET

WEIGHTS_H
Net more precise 342 32 4 - 8 DINT 0*
NET

WEIGHTS
Tare weight 328 30 8 - 12 DINT 0*
TARE

EXTRA_INFO
Tare more precise 426 43 0 - 10 DINT 0*
TARE_H

EXTRA_INFO Selection code:

0 = No manual (preset) tare value
Tare information 434 43 9 0 10 WORD
set *
TARE_INFO 1 = Manual (preset) tare value set

STATUS
Scales tared 333 31 1 1 6 BOOL Status information
SCALE_TARED

STATUS
Tare memory loaded with manual (preset) tare 332 31 0 3 6 BOOL Status information
value MANUAL_TARE

Tare specified externally > maximum load or < 0 Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 04
the applications

Tare command not executed since scales not at a Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 04
standstill the applications

“Externally
Externally specified tare valid”
valid command not Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 05
permitted since proportioning procedure running the applications

Tare command not executed since maximum Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 06
load exceeded the applications

Set to zero/taring range exceeded (operation re- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 08
quiring verification) the applications
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-16 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.7 Limit Values/Empty Message

Description of The SIWAREX M has three parameterizable limit values two of which can
limit values be parameterized as minimum or maximum limit value. Limit value 3 is
always treated as the maximum limit value regardless of parameteriza-
tion. Limit value 3 is used as the overfill limit value for proportioning func-
tions.
The minimum or maximum function and the hysteresis can be parameterized
by specifying the switchon and cutoff points separately. For example, a hys-
teresis prevents the limit value output from constantly switching on and off
when the weight value is hovering around the parameterized weight value.
Specification of switchon value > cutoff value triggers the maximum func-
tion, and specification of cutoff value > switchon value triggers the minimum
function.
The limit values refer to both fill weighing and deduction weighing for the
gross weight. The state of the limit values is available as status information.

Example
Output Output

ON ON

OFF OFF

Gross Gross

Parameterized as max. limit value Parameterized as min. limit value

Figure 3-4 Example of assigning parameters to limit values 1 to 3

Overfill limit value Like the other limit values, the overfill limit value (i.e., maximum limit
value 3) can be parameterized with a hysteresis function. When the overfill
limit value is triggered, a proportioning procedure in progress at the time is
aborted in proportioning weighing mode.

Maximum load The maximum load of the scales can be parameterized. When the maximum
load of the scales is exceeded by more than 9 digit increments, an appropriate
status message is output. In addition, the weight value is identified in indica-
tions as invalid and the weight value is not printed out. Exceeding the maxi-
mum load of the scales does not affect an active proportioning procedure.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-17
Function Description

Warning
! The limit values may not be used for functions involving safety/security.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-18 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Special case Specification of switchon value = cutoff value represents a special case.
The table below provides information on this special case.

Table 3-7 Limit values - special cases

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 1 operates as max. function without hysteresis.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Active if gross > Switchon/cutoff point 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inactive if gross ≤ Switchon/cutoff point 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 2 operates as min. function without hysteresis.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Active if gross < Switchon/cutoff point 2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inactive if gross ≥ Switchon/cutoff point 2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 3 operates as max. function without hysteresis.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Active if gross > Switchon/cutoff point 3

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inactive if gross ≤ Switchon/cutoff point 3

Empty message After the scales are emptied, the weight value may not return to zero because
residual material is still left in the container. The empty message can be acti-
vated to determine whether the scales have been emptied even though the
weight value is not zero.
The empty message is output when a specified weight value (i.e., empty mes-
sage value) is passed below for a certain amount of time (i.e., empty message
delay time).
The empty message is withdrawn as soon as the gross weight value exceeds
the empty message value.

Gross weight

Empty message
delay time
Empty
message
value

Time
Empty
message

Figure 3-5 The empty message

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-19
Function Description

Messages and Data

Table 3-8 Assigned messages and data for limit value and empty message
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

SCALES_PARA
Switch on point for limit value 1
Switch-on 142 4 10 - 34 DINT 10000*
ON_LIMIT_1

SCALES_PARA
Switch off point for limit value 1
Switch-off 146 4 14 - 34 DINT 9990*
OFF_LIMIT_1

SCALES_PARA
Switch on point for limit value 2
Switch-on 150 4 18 - 34 DINT 1000*
ON_LIMIT_2

SCALES_PARA
Switch off point for limit value 2
Switch-off 154 4 22 - 34 DINT 1010*
OFF_LIMIT_2

SCALES_PARA
Switch on point for limit value 3
Switch-on 158 4 26 - 34 DINT 9000*
ON_LIMIT 3

SCALES_PARA
Switch off point for limit value 3
Switch-off 162 4 30 - 34 DINT 8990*
OFF_LIMIT 3

SCALES_PARA
Empty message value 134 4 2 - 34 DINT 50*
EMPTY_VAL

SCALES_PARA
Empty message delay time 138 4 6 - 34 TIME 5 sec.*
sec *
EMPTY_D_TIME

STATUS
Limit value 1 active/inactive 333 31 1 5 6 BOOL Status information
LIMIT_VAL_1

STATUS
Limit value 2 active/inactive 333 31 1 6 6 BOOL Status information
LIMIT_VAL_2

STATUS
Limit value 3 active/inactive 333 31 1 7 6 BOOL Status information
LIMIT_VAL_3

STATUS
Maximum load + 9 e exceeded 332 31 0 2 6 BOOL Status information
MAX_LOAD

STATUS
Empty message active/inactive 332 31 0 0 6 BOOL Status information
EMPTY

Parameterization not executed since proportion- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 12
ing procedure is running the applications
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-20 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.8 Standstill Monitoring

Description Standstill monitoring is used to determine that the scales are in a state of
stable equilibrium. Scales standstill is reported when the change in gross
weight is less than a specified area of fluctuation (i.e., standstill value) within
a specified period of time (i.e., standstill time). See figure 3-6.
Standstill time and standstill value can be parameterized as desired.
Standstill monitoring can be used to shorten a proportioning procedure. If
the standstill message occurs before the end of the settling time, a tolerance
check is immediately performed for the proportioning procedure. Premature
conclusion of the proportioning procedure via the standstill message in-
creases the productive time of the system. Shortening of the proportioning
time with the standstill message can also be deactivated (see proportioning
functions).

ts

2  ms

ts = Standstill time

ms = Standstill value

Figure 3-6 Standstill monitoring

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-21
Function Description

Table 3-9 Assigned messages and data

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

ADJ_DATA
Standstill value 98 3 8 - 42 DINT 1*
STANDSTILL_VAL

ADJ_DATA
Standstill time 94 3 4 - 42 TIME 2 5 sec.*
2.5 sec *
STANDSTILL_TIME

STATUS
Standstill 332 31 1 1 6 BOOL Status information
STANDSTILL

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-22 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.9 Fill Weighing/Deduction Weighing

(Proportioning Functions)
Proportioning can be performed in both fill weighing mode (i.e., proportion-
ing upwards) and deduction weighing mode (proportioning downwards).

Start Each time a “Start a proportioning procedure with automatic taring” is per-
formed, the net weight indicated at this time is set to zero. The signals for
coarse and fine flow are switched on.

Start with When the scales are not at a standstill, coarse and fine flow are not switched
automatic taring on until the SIWAREX M reports a scales standstill. When this happens, the
SIWAREX M reports the status indicating that proportioning has started and
standstill is being waited for.

Procedure When the coarse flow switchoff point is reached, the coarse flow signal is
switched off. When the fine flow switchoff point is reached, the fine flow
signal is also switched off.
The settling time is then started when fine flow is shut off. When the stand-
still message (if parameterized) arrives or at least after the settling time has
expired, a tolerance check is performed. With proportioning requiring verifi-
cation (i.e., ”operation requiring verification” mode), the tolerance check is
never performed until the standstill message arrives.
The finished message is output when no automatic reproportioning is to be
performed for a tolerance minus. The tolerance limits (positive and negative
tolerance specification value) can be specified separately.
If automatic log printout has been activated, the current weighing data at the
time of the finished message are printed out. These weighing data are stored
until the next proportioning procedure so that they can be called up via the
host system.

Interruption of A running proportioning procedure can be interrupted (i.e., aborted) by the

proportioning following occurrences.
 A stop command
 A malfunction (operating mode: fault)
 The overfill limit value is exceeded.
 Transmission of proportioning parameters, proportioning data, adjustment
data or scales parameters
 Transmission of data which are not plausible
 BASP/OD
An interruption is indicated by the status “Proportioning aborted”.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-23
Function Description

Continuation of An interrupted proportioning procedure can be continued with the “Start

proportioning without automatic taring” command. An interrupted proportioning procedure
can be continued with the ”start without automatic taring” command.
If the current net value is above the fine–flow switchoff point when propor-
tioning is interrupted, proportioning usually cannot be continued. The user
can parameterize the ”proportioning above fine–flow switchoff point possi-
ble” parameters so that continuation of proportioning is permitted. In such
cases, the fine flow is no longer activated, the tolerance is checked, and the
finished message is output. The fine–flow switchoff value is not optimized.
This is no longer possible after expiration of the internal SIWAREX M data
backup time (process data backup).

Setpoint The setpoint can always be modified during a proportioning procedure as

modification long as the settling time is still inactive and the new setpoint is plausible.
If not plausible, the new setpoint is rejected with an error message and pro-
portioning is aborted.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-24 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Diagram Weight

Tolerance
limit +

Set point Tolerance

Actual value Fine flow switchoff
value Tolerance
Fine flow After running limit -
switchoff point Coarse flow
switchoff value
Coarse flow
switchoff point

Settling time 1)

Start with taring

Standstill

1)
Coarse flow

Fine flow

Settling time
Finished
message

Proportioning
running
Proportioning
aborted

1) Proportioning is concluded after the settling time expires. If parameterized,

the settling time can be aborted prematurely with the standstill message.

Figure 3-7 Diagram of fill weighing

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-25
Function Description

Switch-off points
Note
Remember that there is a difference between switchoff points and switchoff
values.
Fine flow switchoff point = setpoint - fine flow switchoff value
Coarse flow switchoff point = setpoint - fine flow switchoff value
- coarse flow switchoff value
The switchoff values are always specified for SIWAREX M not the switchoff
points.
The fine flow and coarse flow values are also called afterrunning and prelim-
inary running.

The finished message is output when no automatic reproportioning is to be

performed for a tolerance minus. The tolerance limits (positive and negative
tolerance specification value) can be specified separately.

Value Coarse flow switchoff value

specifiacations The coarse flow switchoff value is always a positive value.
Fine flow switchoff value
In exceptional cases, the fine flow switchoff value can also be a negative
value. With negative values, the fine flow switchoff point exceeds the set-
point.
It may be necessary to switch off fine flow when the setpoint is exceeded
(e.g., when the effect of compressed air creates an additive weight value
when a pneumatic conveyor with compressed air is used).
Example:
Setpoint = 100 kg
Fine flow switchoff point = 101 kg (corresponds to fine flow switch–
off value = -1 kg)
Due to material after running, an actual weight of 101.5 kg is achieved
(0.5 kg after running). If the conveyor’s compressed air is turned off now,
the weight value sinks back to 100 kg due to the effect of the compressed air.
Tolerance specification
Tolerance specifications are always positive values and are always specified
relative to the setpoint.
Example:
Setpoint = 100 kg
Tol + = 2 kg
Tol - = 1 kg
A tolerance range of 99 kg to 102 kg is defined by the specifications.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-26 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.10 Inching Mode

Inching mode is an alternate form of proportioning control. It is either used
to control complete proportioning procedures or to provide reproportioning
when initial proportioning was not sufficient (i.e., tolerance minus). See also
section 3.11.

The inching The fine flow signal is switched on for a certain parameterizable inching
process time. After this time expires, the fine flow signal is switched off and the set-
tling time is started. After the settling time expires, a check is made to deter-
mine whether the tolerance minus value has been exceeded (i.e., tolerance
check). If yes, the proportioning procedure is concluded. If not, the fine
flow signal is switched on again. This process is repeated until the tolerance
minus limit has been exceeded after expiration of the settling time.
The coarse flow signal is not used for this type of operation. Only the ‘fine
flow’ signal is used for proportioning.

Net

Setpoint
tolerance -

t t
B t
B
Fine flow
tT
Proportioning
finished tB: Settling time
tT: Inching time

Figure 3-8 Inching mode

Inching mode can be activated by the following commands.

 Start inching mode without taring
 Start inching mode with taring
 Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning as inching mode
 Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as inching mode
When the last two commands are used, proportioning is first started in stan-
dard proportioning mode (i.e., coarse/fine flow), and inching mode is only
started when reproportioning is necessary.
When start with taring is used, a waiting period follows until the scales come
to a standstill. Taring is then performed, and proportioning in the mode se-
lected is started.
Data record 4 (i.e., scales setting) specifies whether filling or deduction
weighing is to be used.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-27
Function Description

3.11 Automatic Reproportioning

Automatic reproportioning is used for retroactive correction of an insufficient
proportioning procedure (i.e., underproportioning). During the first tolerance
check, a check is made to determine whether proportioning has at least been
performed up to the tolerance minus limit. If too little material has been pro-
portioned, proportioning is continued automatically.

There are two types of automatic reproportioning.

1. Reproportioning during inching mode
2. Continuous reproportioning

Figure 3-9 Automatic reproportioning when the tolerance minus limit is

underranged

Continuous With continuous reproportioning, the fine flow signal remains on until the
reproportioning tolerance minus limit has been exceeded. The reproportioning procedure
may be performed several times (e.g., due to a pneumatic conveyor, the ac-
tual value sinks back to below the tolerance minus limit after the compressed
air is switched off). The effect of compressed air creates an additive weight
value.

Reproportioning in Reproportioning in inching mode is similar to proportioning in inching mode.

inching mode See proportioning in inching mode in section 3.10.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-28 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Reproportioning Regardless of the type of reproportioning, a status bit indicates whether a

message bit reproportioning procedure is currently in progress or whether the last propor-
tioning procedure involved an automatic reproportioning procedure. The
status bit is cleared when a new proportioning procedure is started. The bit is
also cleared when a new start is performed for the SIWAREX M. (e.g., power
OFF/ON).

Start commands The start command determines the type of reproportioning.

Proportioning can be started with the following commands. For command
codes, see description of data record 2.
1. Start proportioning with taring (without reproportioning)
2. Start proportioning without taring (without reproportioning)
3. Start inching mode with taring
4. Start inching mode without taring
5. Start proportioning with taring with continuous reproportioning up to tol-
erance minus
6. Start proportioning without taring with continuous reproportioning up to
tolerance minus
7. Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as inching mode
8. Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning as inching mode

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-29
Function Description

3.12 Time Monitoring

Time monitoring Inching mode or automatic reproportioning is time-monitored. When a pro-

(inching mode/re- portioning procedure has not been concluded or has not been terminated after
proportioning) expiration of the monitoring time tM (monitoring time reproportioning/inch-
ing mode), the ”time monitoring triggered for inching mode or reproportion-
ing” status is set. The status bit is not cleared until a new proportioning pro-
cedure is started. A running proportioning procedure is not terminated by
time monitoring. Monitoring time reproportioning/inching mode is started
under the following conditions.
– When a start of inching mode occurs
– When a reproportioning procedure begins regardless of the type of
reproportioning
For additional information, see also figure in chapter 3.14 (Monitoring the
Proportioning).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-30 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.13 Material Flow Monitoring

The material flow monitoring functions permit system malfunctions (e.g.,
material feeder is clogged) to be detected. Monitoring has no effect on run-
ning proportioning procedures (i.e., proportioning is not interrupted when
monitoring is triggered).

Material flow The parameterizable material flow monitoring functions are used for moni-
monitoring toring filling and emptying procedures. Material flow monitoring is always
active regardless of the proportioning procedures. The user must decide
whether and, if so, when the queued material flow errors will be evaluated by
logically linking appropriate status bits in the automation system. This pro-
vides a simple method of monitoring refilling and emptying procedures even
when these are not controlled by the SIWAREX M.
A material flow error is reported when the change in gross weight is less than
a specified fluctuation range (i.e., the material flow monitoring value) within
a specified period of time (i.e., the material flow monitoring time). This
monitoring function permits two different fluctuation ranges to be specified
and two different messages (i.e., status bits) to be generated.
The material flow monitoring procedures are similar to standstill monitoring.
See section 3.8.
The following parameters can be specified.
 Material flow monitoring value 1 (coarse)
 Material flow monitoring time 1 (coarse)
 Material flow monitoring value 2 (fine)
 Material flow monitoring time 2 (fine)
A material flow error is reported in DR31 (i.e., status information) with the
’material flow error 1’ and ’material flow error 2’ bits.
For additional information, see also figure in chapter 3.14 (Monitoring the
Proportioning).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-31
Function Description

3.14 Monitoring the Proportioning: Coarse and Fine Flow

Phase
In addition to material flow monitoring which is not dependent on a propor-
tioning procedure (see section 3.13), two extra status bits are provided which
only report a material flow error while a coarse-fine flow proportioning pro-
cedure is running and the coarse or fine flow signal is activated. These two
proportioning phases (i.e., coarse/fine flow or only fine flow) are monitored
separately as shown below.
Basis for monitoring the coarse flow phase:
 Material flow monitoring value coarse (D mC)
 Material flow monitoring time coarse (D tC)
Basis for monitoring the fine flow phase:
 Material flow monitoring value fine (D mF)
 Material flow monitoring time fine (D tF)
A delay time for flow monitoring is necessary if there are reaction times re-
lated to mechanical processes (e.g., switching on the coarse or fine flow).
 The delay time for coarse flow monitoring (tDC) is started while the
coarse flow is being switched on. The material flow error - coarse flow
message is not activated until this time expires.
 The delay time for fine flow monitoring (tDF)is started or retriggered when
the fine flow is being switched on and when the coarse flow is being
switched off (i.e., transition from coarse/fine flow to ‘only fine flow’).
The material flow error - fine flow message is not activated until this time
expires.

Figure 3-10 Monitoring proportioning (with reproportioning)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-32 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.15 Optimization of the Fine Flow Switchoff Value

Optimization of the fine flow switchoff value is used to determine the opti-
mum fine flow switchoff value. This optimizes subsequent proportioning
procedures (i.e., short and precise proportioning times without reproportion-
ing).

Function At the end of a proportioning procedure, a new fine flow switchoff value (see
DR35) is calculated when the settling time expires. If the settling time is
terminated by a scales standstill (see proportioning parameters), the new
value is calculated when the settling time is terminated.
The user can select whether this new switchoff value is to be used automati-
cally during the next proportioning procedure or whether the old fine flow
switchoff value will continue to be used. The optimized value is always cal-
culated and offered as a suggestion anyway.
The new switchoff value is calculated with the formula shown below.
FFSVNew = FFSVOld - (Setpoint - current net weight) x 0.5
whereby:
FFSVNew = Newly calculated fine flow switchoff value
FFSVOld = Previous fine flow switchoff value
A negative fine flow switchoff value is permitted. It means that the fine flow
switchoff point is above the setpoint.
The updated FFSVNew is available with the finished message.
During an automatic reproportioning procedure, the calculation is only per-
formed during the first tolerance check.
The calculation is omitted during proportioning in inching mode or when
proportioning is terminated. The calculated switchoff value is not changed.
If parameterized, automatic acceptance of the new switchoff value in the pro-
portioning data record (i.e., DR23) occurs together with the finished mes-
sage. If new proportioning data are sent to the SIWAREX M before the next
proportioning procedure is started, these data are accepted and the current
fine flow switchoff value is overwritten.
The user is responsible for updating the user data outside the SIWAREX M
(e.g., scales data block, etc.). If necessary, the user must read out the propor-
tioning data after the FFSVs have been automatically accepted and, in partic-
ular when multi-component controllers are being used for different mate-
rials, store them separately.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-33
Function Description

Table 3-10 Assigned messages, data and commands

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name Length

Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit
Variable Name (Byte)
PROP_DAT
Tolerance value + 198 23 0 - 20 DINT 0*
TOL_PLUS_VAL

PROP_DAT
Tolerance value - 202 23 4 - 20 DINT 0*
TOL_MINUS_VAL

Setpoint SETPOINT 194 22 0 - 20 DINT 0*

PROP_DAT
Coarse flow switchoff value 206 23 8 - 20 DINT 0*
COARSE_VAL

PROP_DAT
Fine flow switchoff value 210 23 12 - 20 DINT 0*
FINE_VAL

ADD_MEAS_VAL
Optimized fine flow switchoff value 358 35 0 - 24 DINT 0*
OPTI_FINE_VAL

PROP_DAT
Settling time 214 23 16 - 20 TIME 2000 msec*
SETTLING_TIME

ADD_PROP_PARA
Inching time 260 29 0 - 48 TIME 1 sec*
INCHING_TIME

ADD_PROP_PARA
Monitoring time
MON_TIME_INCH_ 264 29 4 - 48 TIME 10 sec*
Inching mode/reproportioning
REPROP

ADD_PROP_PARA
Material flow monitoring time 1 (coarse) 268 29 8 - 48 TIME 3 sec*
MAT_FL_MON_T1

ADD_PROP_PARA
Material flow monitoring value 1 (coarse) 272 29 12 - 48 DINT 2*
MAT_FL_MON_V1

ADD_PROP_PARA
Material flow monitoring time 2 (fine) 276 29 16 - 48 TIME 3 sec*
MAT_FL_MON_T2

ADD_PROP_PARA
Material flow monitoring value 2 (fine) 280 29 20 - 48 DINT 1*
MAT_FL_MON_V2

ADD_PROP_PARA
Delay time for coarse flow monitoring 284 29 24 - 48 TIME 2 sec*
DEL_TIME_MON_C

ADD_PROP_PARA
Delay time for fine flow monitoring 288 29 28 - 48 TIME 2 sec*
DEL_TIME_MON_F

PROP_PARA Selection code

Settling time aborted by standstill 167 5 1 1 4 BOOL 0= Off
SETTLING_ABORT 1= On*

PROP_PARA Selection code

Automatic acceptance of the optimized fine flow 167 5 1 2 4 BOOL 0= Off
switchoff value AUTO_FINE_VAL 1= On*
DOSI_PARA
Proportioning start above fine–flow switchoff point 166 5 0 6 4 BOOL 0= Yes
possible DOSI_M 1= No

SCALES_PARA Selection code

Scales setting: fill/deduction weighing 133 4 1 1 34 BOOL 0= Deduction weighing
FILL_DEDUCTION 1= Fill weighing.*
Start proportioning with taring without reproportion-
CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 10
ing

Start proportioning without taring without repropor-

CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 12
tioning

Start inching mode with taring CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 20

Start inching mode without taring CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 22

Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 30

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-34 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Table 3-10 Assigned messages, data and commands

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7
Structure Name Length
Addr. No. Byte Bit
Variable Name (Byte)
Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 32
ing

Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as

CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 40
inching mode

Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-

CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 42
ing as inching mode

Stop proportioning CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 11

STATUS
Coarse flow on 335 31 3 0 6 BOOL Status information
COARSE

STATUS
Fine flow on 335 31 3 1 6 BOOL Status information
FINE

STATUS
Tolerance deviation + 335 31 3 2 6 BOOL Status information
TOL_PLUS

STATUS
Tolerance deviation - 335 31 3 3 6 BOOL Status information
TOL_MINUS

STATUS
Proportioning running 335 31 3 4 6 BOOL Status information
PROP_RUN

STATUS
Proportioning started,
started wait for standstill 335 31 3 5 6 BOOL Status information
PROP_START

STATUS
Proportioning aborted 335 31 3 6 6 BOOL Status information
PROP_ABORT

STATUS
Proportioning concluded (finished message) 335 31 3 7 6 BOOL Status information
PROP_END

STATUS
Reproportioning was activated 334 31 2 0 6 BOOL Status information
REPROP_ACTIVE

STATUS
Material flow error 1 334 31 2 1 6 BOOL Status information
MAT_FL_ERR_1

STATUS
Material flow error 2 334 31 2 2 6 BOOL Status information
MAT_FL_ERR_2

STATUS
Material flow error - coarse flow 334 31 2 3 6 BOOL Status information
MAT_FL_ERR_C

STATUS
Material flow error - fine flow 334 31 2 4 6 BOOL Status information
MAT_FL_ERR_F

STATUS
Time monitoring for inching mode/reproportioning 334 31 2 5 6 BOOL Status information
expired MON_INCH_REPROP

Start command not permitted since proportioning pro- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 23
cedure running the applications

Proportioning data not permitted since proportioning Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 24
procedure running the applications

Proportioning parameter not permitted since propor- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 25
tioning procedure running the applications
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-35
Function Description

Messages, Fill Weighing and Deduction Weighing

Table 3-11 Messages for fill weighing

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Start command was not executed since Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 05
setpoint < switchoff value for fine flow the applications

Start command was not executed since

Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 06
setpoint > overfill value-gross
value gross weight
the applications
(during start with automatic taring)

Start command was not executed since

Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 07
setpoint > overfill-tare
overfill tare weight
the applications
(during start without automatic taring)

Proportioning was aborted since 9 - 1 - 1 BYTE

limit
li it value
l 3 ((overfill
fill li
limit
it value)
l ) exceeded
d d or OPER ERR**
OPER_ERR** Operating error 03
zero setting or taring range exceeded - 51 4 2 6 BOOL

Start command was not executed since

Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 26
nett > ((setpoint-fine
t i t fi fl flow switchoff
it h ff value)
l ) or nett the applications
> tolerance minus limit

** Message bit via indication word of FC SIWA-M

Table 3-12 Messages which differ for deduction weighing

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Start command was not executed since

Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 09
setpoint > gross weight
the applications
(during start with automatic taring)

Start command was not executed since

Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 10
setpoint > tare weight
the applications
(during start without automatic taring)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-36 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Table 3-13 Additional handling and data errors for setpoint change during running proportioning procedure
Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Setpoint was not accepted since Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 08
setpoint-net weight < fine switchoff value the applications

Setpoint was not accepted since

setpoint > overfill value-tare weight Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 12
(during fill weighing) the applications
Or setpoint > tare weight (deduction weighing)

Setpoint was not accepted since Message via indication words of

101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 15
fine flow already switched off (after running) the applications

“Start without taring” is used in the following situations.

 To continue proportioning after a proportioning procedure has been
aborted
 When a container whose remaining contents are unknown is to be
weighed and the tare value is specified “by hand”

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-37
Function Description

3.16 Operational Reliability

Booting To increase operational reliability, the following test procedures are automati-
cally performed during each boot procedure of the SIWAREX M.
 Initialization of the micro-controller (e.g., wait states, CS logic, interrupt
priorities, watchdog, timers, etc.)
 Initialization of the I/O blocks (e.g., UART, A/D converter, etc.)
 Initialization of the RAM (e.g., pointers, etc.)
 EPROM test
 RAM test
 Check for data loss on the buffered RAM
 EEPROM test
 Load parameterization and adjustment data from EEPROM
 Check load cell input for wire break

Table 3-14 Messages for the test routines

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

RAM error, read-write test Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 0 6 BOOL Internal error 01

RAM error, checksum test (buffer malfunction) Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 1 6 BOOL Internal error 02

EEPROM error, checksum test Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 2 6 BOOL Internal error 03

A/D converter error during read-in Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 3 6 BOOL Internal error 04
Watchdog error Message via diagnostic alarm 51 2 4 6 BOOL Internal error 05

Minimum voltages for sense line passed below Message via diagnostic alarm 51 0 0 6 BOOL Internal error 01

Control limits exceeded/passed below Message via diagnostic alarm 51 0 1 6 BOOL Internal error 02

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-38 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.17 Storing the Parameter Data

Data backup dur- The parameters are stored on an EEPROM, safe from loss due to a power
ing power failure failure.

Caution
! Since the permissible number of write cycles on the EEPROM is 100,000
cycles, a write-access is only performed when the data to be written differs
from the data already stored on the EEPROM. The parameter data (i.e., set-
ting data and print formats) are stored on the EEPROM.

Since the number of write cycles on an EEPROM is limited, cyclic write-

accesses to the EEPROM by the user program should be avoided.

Process data (i.e., data which change cyclically) are also protected from loss
due to a power failure. They are buffered in the RAM. Buffering time is up
to 72 hours but at least 6 hours.

Storing When data records DR4/DR5 (i.e., scales and proportioning parameters) are
DR4 and DR5 being changed continuously, these records should only be stored in the RAM
and not in the EEPROM. RAM/EEPROM storage can be selected in DR4/
DR5.

Table 3-15 Messages for storage of DR4/DR5

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Storage of DR4 SCALES_PARA Storage in:

132 4 0 7 34 BOOL 0 = EEPROM*
(scales parameters) RAM_EEPROM 1 = RAM

Storage of DR5 PROP_PARA Storage in:

166 5 0 7 4 BOOL 0 = EEPROM*
(proportioning parameters) RAM_EEPROM 1 = RAM
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-39
Function Description

Write protection Write protection of the adjustment data is set by a DIP switch. This DIP
for adjustment switch can be secured with a verification seal to prevent the adjustment data
data of verified scales from being changed.
The following data records are write-protected and cannot be overwritten.
- DR3
- DR80
- DR81

Table 3-16 Messages for operation with verification capability

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

STATUS
Write access protection active
Write-access 333 31 1 3 6 BOOL Status information
WRITE_PROT

Adjustment data were not changed since opera- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 07
tion with verification capability the applications

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-40 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.18 Special Functions

Load factory The original state of the SIWAREX M on delivery can always be restored
setting with the “Load factory setting” command after a data loss has occurred or
parameterization errors have been made.

Note
When certain commands (i.e., “zero point valid”, “adjustment valid” or
“load factory setting”) are called directly after each other, a waiting period
of 5 seconds must be maintained between calls. Otherwise the commands
will be rejected by the SIWAREX M.
A timeout prevents the maximum permissible number of write cycles for an
EEPROM from being exceeded by an accidental cyclic call of these com-
mands (see section 3.17).
When an attempt is made to call one of these three commands again within
these 5 seconds, the command is rejected and the 5-second waiting period
retriggered again.

Perform reset After being turned on (i.e., power off/on), the SIWAREX M performs a reset.

Caution
The reset can also be triggered with a digital input. It is used exclusively for
internal plant testing. A SIMATIC S5 or S7 CPU must be in STOP status.

Date and time Date and time can be used for the print logs. The SIWAREX M can automat-
ically read in date and time both via a connected TD20 remote display and an
S7 CPU. To ensure synchronization when several scales are connected to one
CPU, priority is placed on fetching date and time from the S7 CPU.
The update rate is a maximum of 10 seconds. If neither system supplies date
and time, date and time are set to zero.
The source for date and time can be read from the data block.
When SIMATIC S7 applications are involved, SIWAREX M automatically
gets the current date and time from the data block. It is up to the user to pro-
vide the current date and time (e.g., by reading the real time clock of the
SIMATIC CPU).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-41
Function Description

Table 3-17 Data and messages for special functions

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Date (month, day, year) 1990-01-01*

DATE_TIME 410 41 - - 8 DT
Time (hours, minutes) 00:00:00

STATUS Selection code

Source of date/time 333 31 1 4 6 BOOL 0 S5/S7 or none
0=S5/S7
SOURCE_CLK 1=TD20
Load factory setting CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD Selection code (dec.) 13

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

The following applies if date/time are not available on any system.

- Status information 1, bit 4 = 0
- Date and time set to 0

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-42 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.18.1 Parameterization Function for Digital Inputs/Outputs

Digital inputs The SIWAREX M is equipped with three, floating, digital inputs with a nom-
inal voltage of 24 V.
These 3 digital inputs can be parameterized as desired. The internal com-
mand signals (e.g., set to zero, print, start proportioning, etc.) can be allo-
cated to any input by assigning the number of the command to the desired
input.
The status of each digital input is indicated on its own LED on the front of
the SIWAREX M.
An attempt to enter an illegal (i.e., non-existent) allocation number will be
rejected with an error message.
The digital inputs are read by the SIWAREX M every 20 msec.
For applications requiring a response message to non-executable commands
on the digital outputs (e.g., no scales standstill for print or taring command),
the “Command could not be executed via external contact” message can be
assigned to a digital output. This message is automatically reset after
2 seconds.

Notice
No priorities or modification rights have been assigned to the individual in-
terfaces. All commands assigned to the interfaces can always be issued
without restrictions to all interfaces at all times. The user is responsible for
realistic utilization.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-43
Function Description

Data and Messages - Digital Inputs

Table 3-18 Data and messages

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

DO_DI
Command input 1 174 6 4 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.)
(dec ) = 11
ASSIGN_DI_1

DO_DI
Command input 2 175 6 5 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.)
(dec ) = 11
ASSIGN_DI_2

DO_DI
Command input 3 176 6 6 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.)
(dec ) = 11
ASSIGN_DI_3

STATUS
Command cannot be executed via external con- 332 31 0 4 6 BOOL Status information (is automati-
tact EXT_CMD_NEG cally reset after 2 seconds)

Illegal command code Message via indication words of 101 02

0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 18
the applications
Message via indication words of
Command assignment for input not permitted 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 18
the applications

Assignment for DI Table 3-19 Selection codes for the digital inputs

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Selection
Code (dec.)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero point valid (adjustment command) 01

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight valid (adjustment command)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Taring
ÁÁÁÁÁ
02
03

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified tare valid 04

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Reset (for plant testing purposes only)
05
06

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 1
ÁÁÁÁÁ 07

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 2
ÁÁÁÁÁ 08

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat last printout 09

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning with taring 10

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Stop proportioning 11

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning without taring 12

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Load factory setting 13
Delete tare 15
Start inching mode with taring 20
Start inching mode without taring 22
Start proportioning with taring and with reproportioning 30
Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning 32
Start proportioning with taring and with reproportioning as inching mode 40
Start proportioning without taring with reproportioning as inching mode 42

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-44 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

Digital outputs The SIWAREX M has 4 floating, digital outputs (DO).

The digital outputs can be assigned as desired with weighing functions (inter-
nal status signals). Some examples are listed below.
 Limit value 1 triggered
 Proportioning running
 Coarse flow signal
 Group fault
The status of each digital output is indicated via an LED on the
SIWAREX M.
An inverted output (active low) is also possible for some safety-related status
signals.
An attempt to enter an illegal (i.e., non-existing) assignment number will be
rejected with an error message.
The digital outputs are updated by the SIWAREX M every 20 msec.

Note
The digital outputs are switched off for the BASP signal of the S7 CPU if the
BASP function was deactivated.

Table 3-20 Data and messages

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

DO_DI
Signal output 1 170 6 0 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.)
(dec ) = 23
ASSIGN_DO_1

DO_DI
Signal output 2 171 6 1 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.)
(dec ) = 23
ASSIGN_DO_2

DO_DI
Signal output 3 172 6 2 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.)
(dec ) = 23
ASSIGN_DO_3

DO_DI
Signal output 4 173 6 3 - 8 BYTE Selection code (dec.)
(dec ) = 23
ASSIGN_DO_4

Message via indication words of

Signal assignment for output not permitted 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 17
the applications

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-45
Function Description

Table 3-21 Selection codes for the digital outputs

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code
(High Active)
Selection Code
Inverted

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ (Low Active)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales adjusted
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 0 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales tared
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 1 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d-zero
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 2 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Write-access protection active 3 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Source of date/time

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(0 = S7 or none; 1 = TD20)
4 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 1 active/inactive 5 105

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 2 active/inactive 6 106

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 3 active/inactive

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7 107

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message active/inactive 8 108

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill 9 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Max. load + 9 e exceeded 10 110

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Load tare memory with 11 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
manual (preset) tare value (pT)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Command could not be executed via 12 -
external contact

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight outside zero setting 13 -
range

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Group fault (hardware error)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Coarse flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15
16
115
-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fine flow on 17 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation + 18 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation - 19 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning running 20 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning started, wait for 21 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
standstill

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning aborted 22 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning concluded (finished 23 -
message)
Material flow error 1 24 124
Material flow error 2 25 125
Material flow error, coarse flow 26 126
Material flow error, fine flow 27 127
Time monitoring in inching mode or 28 -
reproportioning has expired
Printing not possible 29 -
Reproportioning was activated 30 -

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-46 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Function Description

3.18.2 Analog Output

Description The analog output is used to output an analog value (e.g., for a measured
value indication, a process recorder or a controller). This output is designed
as a 0/4 to 20 mA current output. The gross or net weight, or an externally
specified value from the SIMATIC or the host can be output on the analog
output.
The following output values are available on the analog output.
 Gross weight
 Net weight
 Externally specified value
The analog output can be parameterized to either 0 to 20 mA, or 4 to 20 mA.
Using the 4 to 20 mA setting reduces the maximum effective resolution by
20%. The output is updated approximately every 350 msec. A scaling pro-
cedure is performed when a maximum value is specified. The maximum
resolution is 16 bits (65.535 parts).
When negative values are specified or when 0 is specified for the maximum
value, 0 or 4 mA is always output.
The output values are calculated as follows.
IOUT (0 to 20 mA) = Output Value / Max. Value * 20 mA
IOUT (4 to 20 mA) = 4 mA + (Output Value / Max. Value * 16 mA)

Note
When SIWAREX M starts up, the analog output is set to the initial value of
the output current range of the DA converter (i.e., 0 mA).

Note
When the BASP signal of the S7 CPU is active, 0 mA is output on the ana-
log ouput if the BASP function was not deactivated.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 3-47
Function Description

Table 3-22 Data and messages

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name
Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit Length
Variable Name (Byte)

Selection code (dec.)

0= Output externally
specified value
0 to 20 mA*
AO_PARA
1= Output gross
0 to 20 mA
2= Output net
Setup of the analog output 182 9 0 - 10 WORD 0 to 20 mA
10= Output externally
specified value
4 to 20 mA
AO_SETUP 11= Output gross
4 to 20 mA
12= Output net
4 to 20 mA

AO_PARA
Output maximum value on analog output 188 9 6 - 10 DINT 10000*
AO_MAX_VAL

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

Example Setup: Output gross 0 to 20 mA

Maximum output value: 10 000
If the gross weight value is 5000, 10 mA are output on the analog output.
Remember that weight values are represented on the interfaces (e.g.,
SIMATIC S7) in fixed point format without unit of weight and decimal point.
Example: a gross weight value of 5000 can mean 50.00 kg or 500.0 t and so
on.
In our example, the extra information on the converter value of the DA con-
verter for the analog output includes approximately 32000 digits. This infor-
mation is only required for service purposes.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

3-48 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Overview of System Integration 4
This section describes the available links to various host systems.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 4-1
Overview of System Integration

4.1 System Integration

Description There are several ways to link the SIWAREX M with a higher order host sys-
tem.
The P bus interface (i.e., the internal I/O bus of the SIMATIC S7) on the back
of the SIWAREX M housing can be used to integrate the SIWAREX M as a
function module directly in the SIMATIC S7-300. The SIWAREX M can
also be decentrally connected to the SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7 with the
IM 153-1 or IM 153-2 interface module.
The serial interfaces RS 232 and TTY permit connection to other host sys-
tems (e.g., a host computer).

Notice
No priorities or modification rights are assigned to the individual interfaces
with respect to the use of various interfaces. This means that all commands
assigned to the interfaces can be issued without restriction to all interfaces at
all times. It is up to the user to ensure realistic utilization.

Configurator
SIWAREX M
S7

IM 153-1/2 P bus

PROFIBUS-DP
S7
C7
PCS 7

RS 232C
Host TTY

Figure 4-1 Possible links to a host system

Caution
! Since only 100,000 write cycles are guaranteed for the EEPROM, write-ac-
cesses are only performed when the data to be written differ from the data
already stored on the EEPROM. Parameter data (i.e., settings and print lay-
outs) are stored on the EEPROM.
Since the number of write cycles is limited with an EEPROM, cyclic write-
accesses to the EEPROM by the user program should be avoided.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

4-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Overview of System Integration

Overview of The following table gives you an overview of data records which are pro-
data records vided by the SIWAREX M and are required for communication with a host
system.

Table 4-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M

DR No. Function Direc- Length Interfaces Store in

ti 1 (Bytes)
tion (B t )
S7 X1, EEPROM RAM

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X2 (Buffered)
Serial

ÁÁÁ
DR0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Data

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record r 4 Yes No No No

ÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record r 16 Yes No No No

ÁÁÁ
DR0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
w 4 No No No No

ÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Setting Data: Adjustment and Setting Values
w 16 No No No No

ÁÁÁ
DR2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Commands
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ w 2 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR3 *
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment data

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Scales parameter
r/w
r/w
42
34
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes/no2
No
No/yes2

ÁÁÁ
DR5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter r/w 4 Yes Yes Yes/no2 No/yes2

ÁÁÁ
DR6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for digital inputs and outputs r/w 8 Yes Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁ
DR7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for RS 232 r/w 2 Yes Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁ
DR8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for TTY r/w 2 Yes Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁ
DR9

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for analog output

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
r/w 10 Yes Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR22
ÁÁÁ
Setpoint
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data, Commands

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ r/w 4 Yes Yes No Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DR23 Proportioning data r/w 20 Yes Yes No Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DR24 Specified value f. analog output r/w 4 Yes Yes No Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DR26 String field 1 r/w 16 Yes Yes No Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DR27 String field 2 r/w 16 Yes Yes No Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DR28 External tare specification r/w 4 Yes Yes No Yes
DR29 Additional proportioning parameters r/w 48 Yes Yes No Yes
1 r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
2 Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 4-3
Overview of System Integration

Table 4-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M

DR No. Function Direc- Length Interfaces Store in

tion1 (Bytes)
S7 X1, EEPROM RAM
X2 (Buffered)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Serial

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Measuring values

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DR30 Weight values r 12 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR31
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Status information (bit-coded) r 6 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR32
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR33 ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Meas. values more precise

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Raw digit values
r
r
8
8
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
No
No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR34
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Analog output value r 4 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR35

ÁÁÁ
Additional measured values r 24 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Other

ÁÁÁ
DR40 ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Print data of last printout r 28 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR41
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Date and time
ÁÁÁÁ w 8 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR42
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR43 ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Type identifier/program version/switches

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare and set to zero value more precise
r
r/w
8
10
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
No
Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Information
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR51
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Error information r 6 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print Layouts
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR80
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Text 1
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
r/w 80 No Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR81
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Text 2
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Communication
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
r/w 80 No Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR100
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Fetch telegram
ÁÁÁÁ w 1 No Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR101
1
2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Acknowledgment telegram r 3 No
r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
Yes No No

* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

4-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300 5
5.1 Introduction

Note
The information contained in this documentation requires a knowledge of
handling the SIMATIC S7.

The FC SIWA-M function is required for communication of the

SIWAREX M and the SIMATIC S7 CPU.

Tasks of FC
SIWA-M (FC41)
 Performance of startup synchronization
 Transferring the weighing commands (e.g., taring, setting to zero and
so on)
 Reading data from the SIWAREX M (e.g., reading measured values)
 Writing data to the SIWAREX M (e.g., limit values, adjustment data and
so on)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-1
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.1.1 Hardware Prerequisites

SIWAREX M The SIWAREX M requires firmware status 0117 or higher.

SIMATIC S7 The standard blocks can be executed with both the S7-300/400 and the
C7 CPUs.

5.1.2 Scope of Delivery

The SIMATIC S7 configuration package is supplied on CD-ROM. The CD-

ROM contains a STEP 7 project with the standard blocks and a sample pro-
gram. The sample program contains all data and code blocks required for
operation of the
SIWAREX M module.
In addition to the DB-SIWAREX, the project contains a data type declaration
(UDT).

SETUP The S7 SETUP program must be executed so that STEP 7 will list the
SIWAREX M in the catalog of modules.
The standard blocks and an example for the SIMATIC S7 are included on the
CD as an archived project. The user can move the blocks to his/her project
container.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.2 Parameterizing the SIWAREX M Module

There are two ways to parameterize the SIWAREX M.
– Via the PC parameterization software SIWATOOL
– Via the SIMATIC S7 (entry of the scales parameters in the
DB-SIWAREX)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-3
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.3 Communication Principle

This section describes communication between the SIWAREX M and the
SIMATIC S7 CPU.

DB-ARB DB-Vector
Working DB for FC41 Vector-DB
DB n+1 (DB number is specified by
DB-SIWAREX)

DB-SIWAREX STEP 7 user program

Interface DB
DB n
Parameter area Setpoint Example:
Measured values User program reads weight
Scales parameters values from SIWAREX M and
Weight
Command code writes a new setpoint to
and similar SIWAREX M.
Application Job: Data transmission control:
mailboxes - Read weight e.g.: - Read the weight values
- Write setpoint - Write setpoint
- Read weight
- Write setpoint
Additional reading of the actual
Weight Setpoint
Data transmission values via the I/O area of the
control SIWAREX M
FC41
NAME: SIWA-M Cyclic call
INST: DB n

Weight Setpoint

SIWAREX M

Figure 5-1 Transmission of weight values and the setpoint

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Description The DB-SIWAREX interface data block is the interface to the STEP 7 user
program. One DB-SIWAREX is required for each SIWAREX M module.
Using the parameter area of DB-SIWAREX, the STEP 7 user program can
access weight values, status messages and scales parameters. In addition,
weighing commands (e.g., start proportioning) can be triggered by making
appropriate entries in the parameter area of the DB-SIWAREX.
Using a second area of the DB-SIWAREX (i.e., the application mailboxes),
the STEP 7 user program can control data transmission between the S7 and
the SIWAREX M. Appropriate entries in the application mailboxes specify
which data are to be transferred to the SIWAREX M or which data are to be
read by it. The FC SIWA-M standard function handles data transmission as
specified by the information in the application mailboxes.
The FC SIWA-M function must be called once per SIMATIC CPU cycle for
each SIWAREX M module with specification of the applicable DB number
of the related DB-SIWAREX.
The DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR data blocks are used for internal purposes.
Since they are of no interest to the user, they will not be described here.
Regardless of whether the FC SIWA–M function is called, the current actual
values and the status values can be read directly from the I/O area of the SI-
WAREX M (see 5.13).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-5
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.4 DB-SIWAREX, DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR

The DB-SIWAREX and DB-ARB data blocks are required once per
SIWAREX M module. The DB-VECTOR data block is only required once
per SIMATIC CPU.

DB-SIWAREX DB-SIWAREX contains the data of the SIWAREX M module (i.e., parameter
(interface DB) area) and specifications for controlling data communication (i.e., application
mailboxes). Since DB-SIWAREX provides the user with the interface be-
tween the SIWAREX M and the SIMATIC S7, this DB will subsequently be
called the interface DB. The DB number of DB-SIWAREX is parameterized
with the INST parameter of FC SIWA-M. DB-SIWAREX must be present
once per SIWAREX M in the memory of the SIMATIC CPU. The DB num-
ber of DB-SIWAREX can be assigned as desired (e.g., DB10).
Example: DB10 for DB-SIWAREX

DB-ARB The second data block serves as the working data block for the FC SIWA-M
standard function. The data in DB-ARB may not be changed by the user
since this information is used for internal purposes. The DB-ARB must be
present once per SIWAREX M in the memory of the SIMATIC CPU. The
next higher DB number (as related to the DB-SIWAREX) must be assigned to
the DB-ARB.
Example: DB10 was assigned to DB-SIWAREX.
³ DB11 is then automatically assigned to DB-ARB.

DB-VECTOR A third data block, DB-VECTOR, is also required. The contents of

DB-VECTOR are always included with the delivery and may not be changed
by the user. DB-VECTOR must only be loaded once per CPU in the RAM of
the SIMATIC CPU. It can be used by any number of SIWAREX M modules.
The DB number of DB-VECTOR can be assigned by the user as desired.
The DB number of DB-VECTOR and the start address must be entered in
data words DBW2 and DBW4 of the interface block (i.e., DB-SIWAREX).

Setting up the data One DB-SIWAREX and one DB-ARB must be set up for each SIWAREX M
blocks module.
Only one DB-VECTOR is required per SIMATIC CPU.
The DB-SIWAREX, DB-ARB and DB-VECTOR data blocks are set up by
copying them from the included sample project to your own project or by
generating them again using the data structure definition (UDT) included.
The blocks can be renamed. Data blocks for additional scales cannot be set
up as online copies within the CPU.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

DB-VECTOR can also be easily appended to an existing data block by link-

ing the included UDT for DB-VECTOR in the desired data block. Remem-
ber that the DB number and the start of the data area in DB-SIWAREX
(DBW2 and DBW4) must be adapted.

Basic parameter- A separate DB-SIWAREX must be set up for each SIWAREX M module.
ization of the The following information must be entered in the interface data block (i.e.,
DB-SIWAREX DB-SIWAREX).
– The start address (i.e., interface address) of the SIWAREX M module.
(Address must be divisible by 16.)

And
– The pointer to DB-VECTOR

Copying the data Data blocks DB-SIWAREX and DB-ARB store the current processing status
block from the of FC SIWA-M.
online project Keep the following points in mind if data blocks are to be transferred from
the CPU to the programmer and reloaded to the CPU at a later date.
Before performing a new start, the following measures must be performed.
1. Delete all jobs from the application mailboxes of DB-SIWAREX.
2. Delete the error words of the individual application mailboxes.
3. Delete all data bytes in DB-ARB.
4. Remember that the stored (i.e., old) status is indicated for the actual val-
ues (i.e., measured value, status and so on) until FC SIWA-M has updated
them with an appropriate job.
The data areas are deleted by writing the value KH=00 in the corresponding
data byte.
There are two ways to perform the measures described in points 1 to 3.
– Delete the data bytes with a routine in the startup OB.
– Delete the data words manually on the programmer (on the data me-
dium).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-7
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.5 Function Description of FC SIWA-M

The FC SIWA-M standard function handles startup synchronization with the
SIWAREX M. FC SIWA-M can be used to parameterize, control and moni-
tor the module. The data required for the function are stored in the interface
data block (i.e., DB-SIWAREX). The FC SIWA-M transfers data from the
interface data block to the SIWAREX M module and vice versa.

5.5.1 Calling the Function Block

STL representation LAD representation

CALL FC41: ( FC 41
INST := , --- EN ENO ---

IND := ); --- INST IND ---

5.5.2 Parameters of the Function Block

Table 5-1 Explanation of the parameters

Name Class Data Meaning Is ... by the Is ... by the

Type User Block
INST I INT Number of the Specified dur- Scanned
DB-SIWAREX ing the call
IND O WORD Job status, extra Scanned Entered
information

The FC SIWA-M function must be called with an appropriate INST parame-

ter once per CPU cycle and SIWAREX M.
It may only be called unconditionally in one processing level (i.e., either in
the cycle or in a time-controlled program level). The number of function
block may be changed (e.g., FC50).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.5.3 Indication Word

The FC SIWA-M function contains an indication word (i.e., IND parameter)

as output parameter. The indication word is used to provide the user with a
return message on the current job status of the function.

Bit 7... (Byte n) ...0 7... (Byte n+1) ...0

IND parameter X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Status Extra information

X = Set by FC SIWA-M

Assignment of the When a job is concluded with errors (see bits of the indication word), the
extra information extra information contains an error number indicating the exact cause of the
error.

Table 5-2 Causes of errors

Error No. (Decimal) Error No. (Hexadecimal) Cause of the Error

110 6E Module address not divisible by 16
112 70 Synchronization not possible
115 73 Timeout life bit monitoring triggered
117 75 An operational error has occurred.
Error evaluation via DB-SIWAREX (DBB 9)
223 DF An error occurred in an application.
Error evaluation via indication words of the application
mailboxes

Definition of Asynchronous error messages are errors which are not the direct result of a
terms: weighing command or a data transmission.
Synchronous and
Example:
asynchronous
errors Asynchronous errors: Internal errors, external errors and
operational errors (e.g., RAM errors and
wire breaks on load cells)
Synchronous errors: Handling and data errors (e.g., illegal
weighing command)

Definition of A data record defines an area in DB-SIWAREX. For example, when data
terms: record DR23 (i.e., proportioning data) is transferred, address area 198 to 217
Data records of DB-SIWAREX is transferred. See section 5.7 for the assignment of data
record number ↔ address area.
The data records themselves are described in detail in chapter 8.3.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-9
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.5.4 Description of the Bits of the Indication Word (IND)

Table 5-3 Description of the bits of the indication word

Bit in Indication Word Explanation Action by User Action by Block

Byte n, bit 7: = 1 Startup concluded with Scan only Set when startup was con-
Startup finished with errors errors cluded with errors
= 0 Startup (still not) con- Reset when startup was con-
cluded cluded without errors
Byte n, bit 6: = 1 Startup running Scan only Set when function detects a
Startup running = 0 Startup concluded module startup
Reset when startup synchro-
nization with module has been
concluded
Byte n, bit 5: = 1 Interface is busy Scan only Set when interface is busy with
Interface busy with another = 0 Interface is free another job
function Reset as soon as own job is be-
ing processed
Byte n, bit 4: = 1 Job concluded with errors Scan Set when job was concluded
Finished with errors = 0 Job (still) not concluded If 1, then extra with errors
information Reset automatically when job
must be evalu- is triggered again
ated by the user.
Can be reset by
the user after er-
ror evaluation.
(Recom-
mended!)
Byte n, bit 3: Data loss message from Scan Set or reset. Set when
Data loss SIWAREX M If 1, then user SIWAREX M reports data loss
= 1 Data loss (buffer malfunc- must write Reset automatically when error
tion) DR43 to acknowledged via:
SIWAREX M.
= 0 SIWAREX M configured - Transfer of DR43
- TD20
- SIWATOOL
Byte n, bit 2: Group error bit of the block (in- Scan Set when an operational error is
Group error dication of an operational error reported (arriving or departing)
and timeout error for life bit) Reset when no change (arriv-
= 1 Changes occurred. ing/departing) in operational er-
= 0 No changes occurred. ror (BF bit) and no timeout life
bit were detected

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-3 Description of the bits of the indication word

Bit in Indication Word Explanation Action by User Action by Block

Byte n, bit 1: = 1 Job concluded without Scan Set when job was concluded
Finished without errors errors If 1, then job ex- without errors
= 0 Job (still) not concluded ecuted success- Reset automatically when job
fully is triggered again
Can be reset by
user. Recom-
mended !
Byte n, bit 0: = 1 Job running Scan Set as soon as job is triggered
Job running = 0 Job not running Reset when job has been con-
cluded
Byte n+1, bits 0 to 7: <> 0 Job was concluded Scan Write when job has been con-
Extra information with errors Extra informa- cluded (depending on error sta-
= 0 Job was concluded with- tion is valid if tus with 0 or a value not equal
out errors bit 4 of the low to 0)
byte n (finished Delete automatically when job
with errors) = 1. is triggered again

5.5.5 EN/ENO Mechanism

Parameters EN and ENO only pertain to the graphic representations (i.e.,

LAD and FBD). When ENO is involved, the binary result (i.e., BIE) is set to
zero before the block is exited when processing was concluded with errors.
The binary result is set to one when processing was concluded without errors.
Errors have occurred if bit 4 of the low byte n (i.e., finished with errors) is set
in the indication word (i.e., the IND parameter).
An operational error message does not affect the binary result. Operational
errors are indicated via the indication word (bit 2 of the low byte n) of the
FC SIWA-M standard function.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-11
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.5.6 How the FC SIWA-M Functions

Application mail- The user uses the application mailboxes to specify which data are to be read
boxes from the SIWAREX M module and which data are to be written to the
SIWAREX M module. The entry can be made either with the S7 Editor or
from the user program. In addition, valid scales parameters must have al-
ready been entered in DB-SIWAREX.
There are 3 application mailboxes for writing data records.
1. WRITE_DATA_1
2. WRITE_DATA_2
3. WRITE_COMMAND
There are 2 application mailboxes for reading data records.
1. READ_DATA_1
2. READ_DATA_2

Calling the When the function reports with the indication word that no job is running,
FC SIWA-M new jobs can be specified with the application mailboxes. If the function is
now called, the application mailboxes set up a copy which FC SIWA-M can
access during continued processing. This copy contains the entire job to be
processed. Several cycles may be required to process the job. The function
reports with the “job running” indication word while the job is being
processed.

Setup of the
WRITE_DATA and
READ_DATA
applications

Bit 7... ...0 Bit 7... ...0 Meaning

DBB n 0 DBB n+1 X Pointer to DR number (dec.)

DBB n+2 X X X X X X X X DBB n+3 X X X X X X X X Transmission control bit field

DBB n+4 X X X DBB n+5 X X X X X X X X Indication word 1 (DBW n+4)

DBB n+6 X X X X X X X X DBB n+7 X X X X X X X X Indication word 2 (DBW n+6)

The user specifies which data records are to be read or written by specifying
a pointer to a data record number and a transmission control bit field.
The pointer specifies the data record number at which the data transmission
is to start. The bit position of the transmission control bit field specifies
which of the 15 subsequent data records are to be transferred.
Error evaluation can be performed via the indication words.
The transmission control bit field is not reset until all related data records of
the particular application have been read or written.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Example Use of the WRITE_DATA_1 application

Data records DR3, 4, 6 and 9 are to be written.

Bit 7... ...0 7... ...0 Meaning

DBB 20/DBB 21 0 1 Pointer to DR number
DBB 22/DBB 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 Transmission control bit field

Pointer to DR1 + offset 8 = DR9 Pointer to DR1 + offset 2 = DR3

Pointer to DR1 + offset 5 = DR6 Pointer to DR1 + offset 3 = DR4

Setup of the The WRITE_COMMAND application is set up similar to the WRITE_DATA

WRITE_COMMAND and READ_DATA applications.
application
To trigger a weighing command, the appropriate command code (e.g., com-
mand code 3 for taring) must be entered in data record DR2 of the
DB-SIWAREX (DB_SIWAREX.CMD) and bit 0 in DBB 47 must be set to 1
in the bit field for DR2 transmission.

Note
Command data record DR2 must be transferred with the
WRITE_COMMAND application. It cannot be transferred with the
WRITE_DATA applications.

Bit 7... ...0 Bit 7... ...0 Meaning

DBB n DBB n+1 Reserved

0 0
DBB n+2 DBB n+3 X DR2 transmission control bit field

DBB n+4 X X X DBB n+5 X X X X X X X X Indication word 1 (DBW n+4)

DBB n+6 X X X X X X X X DBB n+7 X X X X X X X X Indication word 2 (DBW n+6)

X = Set or read by the user

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-13
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Assignment of the DBB n: Always 0

application mail-
DBB n+1: For WRITE_DATA and READ_DATA applications:
boxes
Pointer to DR number: 0 to 51
For WRITE_COMMAND application:
Not used
DBB n+2: For WRITE_DATA and READ_DATA applications:
Bit field for transmission control:
Bit 0: Offset 8 to “pointer to DR number”
: :
Bit 6: Offset 14 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 7: Offset 15 to “pointer to DR number”
For the WRITE_COMMAND application:
Bits 0 to 7: Not used
DBB n+3: For WRITE_DATA and READ_DATA applications:
Bit field for transmission control:
Bit 0: Offset 0 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 1: Offset 1 to “pointer to DR number”
: :
Bit 5: Offset 5 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 6: Offset 6 to “pointer to DR number”
Bit 7: Offset 7 to “pointer to DR number”
For the WRITE_COMMAND application:
Bit 0: Write command data record (DR2)
DBB n+4: Assignment of indication word 1:
Bit 7: Not used
Bit 6: Not used
Bit 5: Not used
Bit 4: Job finished with errors
Bit 3: Not used
Bit 2: Not used
Bit 1: Job finished without errors
Bit 0: Job running
DBB n+5: Bit 7 to 0: Extra information

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-14 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Assignment of the When a job is concluded with errors, extra information contains an error
extra information number specifying the exact cause of the error.
(indication word 1)
Table 5-4 Causes of errors (extra information)

Error No. Error No. Cause of Error

(Decimal) (Hexadecimal)
14 0E Error during internal call of SFC RD_REC
15 0F Error during internal call of SFC WR_REC
17 11 Timeout for job interface
217 D9 Data record number does not exist
218 DA Data record number not permitted
219 DB WRITE_COMMAND was not transferred.
– Is only reported via the
WRITE_COMMAND application
– Additional information: See “Errors While
processing an Application.”
220 DC Running job aborted by synchronization (e.g., for
restart)
221 DD SIWAREX M reports finished with handling error.
(See section 11.3.)
222 DE SIWAREX M reports finished with data error.
(See section 11.1.)

DBW n+6: Assignment of indication word 2:

Indication word 2 contains extra information concerning an
error reported by indication word 1. If the job is processed
correctly, indication word 2 contains the value W#16#0000.

Table 5-5 Indication word

If indication word 1 (byte n+5) reports Then indication word 2 contains

Error No. Error No. Cause of Error
(Decimal) (Hexadecimal)
14 0E Error during internal call of SFC RET_VAL of SFC RD_REC
RD_REC
(SIMATIC S7 system function) For error code, see manuals of
SIMATIC S7.
15 0F Error during internal call of SFC RET_VAL of SFC WR_REC
WR_REC
(SIMATIC S7 system function) For error code, see manuals of
SIMATIC S7.
221 DD Finished with handling errors Error code (handling errors)
(See section 11.3.)
222 DE Finished with data errors Error code (data errors)
(See section 11.1.)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-15
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Processing After all jobs have been processed, a check is made at each call to determine
applications whether the trigger parameters (transmission control bit field) is unequal to
W#16#0000. If one or more jobs are found, the parameterization is checked
and a copy is made for processing. This copy contains the entire job.
The IND indication word always refers to the entire job. The status message
“job running” (bit 0 of low byte n = 1 in IND parameter of
FC SIWA-M) is reported during the entire time of the execution of the entire
job. “Job finished without errors” (bit 1 of low byte n = 1 in IND indication
word) is not reported until all triggered jobs have been executed.
The trigger bits of the application (transmission control bit field) are not reset
until all related data records of the particular application have been read or
written.
When an application has been concluded with errors, “job finished with er-
rors” (bit 4 of low byte n = 1 in IND indication word) is output with extra
information (errors occurred during an application) after the entire job has
been executed.

Errors during the When an error (synchronous error message) occurs during an application,
processing of an processing of this application is aborted and the next application is called.
application (syn-
When a write function is concluded with errors, the application is aborted
chronous errors)
with the status “end with errors” and an appropriate error message. The
WRITE_COMMAND application is no longer executed. The status “end
with errors” and the error message “WRITE_COMMAND not transferred”
are entered in the indication word 1.
Example:
Using the WRITE_DATA_1 application, a new (but incorrect because nega-
tive) setpoint is written to the SIWAREX M. At the same time, proportioning
is started with command code 10 (start proportioning with automatic taring)
using the WRITE_COMMAND application.
The SIWAREX M rejects the incorrect setpoint.
(Message via indication words of the WRITE_DATA_1 application)
– Indication word 1: DBB 24, bit 4 = 1: Job finished with error
– Indication word 1: DBB 25 (extra information)
Code = DE (hex) ³ Finished with error since
data error occurred
– Indication word 2: DBW 26
Code = 13 (dec.) ³ Permissible number
range exceeded. See section 11.1.
Starting proportioning can no longer be executed.
(Message via indication words of the WRITE_COMMAND application)
– Indication word 1: DBB 48, bit 4 = 1: Job finished with error
– Indication word 1: DBB 49 (extra information)
Code = DB (hex) ³ WRITE_COMMAND
was not transferred.
– Indication word 2: Irrelevant

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-16 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Warning
! When errors occur, take suitable measures to evaluate them.

When a job has been concluded with a data error or a handling error, the er-
ror code (see section 11) is copied to indication word 2 of the application.
DB-SIWAREX always contains the latest data error or handling error.
Even when an error occurred during a write function, the parameterized read
functions are always executed.

Special features of The FC SIWA-M checks to determine whether the trigger bit (DBX47.0:
the WRITE_COM- transmission control command, bit 0) has been set in the
MAND application WRITE_COMMAND application mailbox. If the trigger bit is set, data re-
mailbox cord DR2 (DB_SIWAREX.CMD) is then checked to determine whether the
command code = 11 (STOP command) has been entered. If yes, this is trans-
ferred to the module first and then the write and read jobs are executed in
sequence.
Processing sequence with STOP command:
1. WRITE_COMMAND
2. WRITE_DATA_1
3. WRITE_DATA_2
4. READ_DATA_1
5. READ_DATA_2
Processing sequence with unequal to STOP command:
1. WRITE_DATA_1
2. WRITE_DATA_2
3. WRITE_COMMAND
4. READ_DATA_1
5. READ_DATA_2

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-17
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.6 Reporting of Asynchronous Errors

Asynchronous error messages (i.e., life bit errors, operational errors, internal
errors and external errors) can occur at any time.

Life bit monitoring The FC SIWA-M monitors a life bit to determine whether the SIWAREX M
is still “alive.” Monitoring is always active even when no jobs are running.
Output of the error message is derived from the number of FC calls. The
number of FC calls that can occur before an error message (i.e., timeout) is
issued is prespecified in DB-SIWAREX (DB_SIWAREX.MAX_CALLS).
The value can be changed if necessary by the user.
The permissible value range is between +20 and +32767. If the user enters
an invalid value, the FC SIWA-M automatically overwrites this value with
the maximum value (i.e., +32767). If the timeout is triggered, bit 2 of the
low byte n (group error) of the indication word of FC SIWA-M is set and the
error number 73 hex is entered in the extra infomation.
The timeout is self-acknowledging.

Operational errors When the SIWAREX M reports an operational error, group error bit 2 of the
low byte n in the indication word of FC SIWA-M is set and error number 75
hex is entered in the extra information. The “OPER_ERR” variables in
SIWAREX-DB contain precise information on the operational error. For a
detailed description of the error, see section 11.2 of this manual.
In addition, an entry is made in the diagnostic buffer of the CPU for opera-
tional errors. The following identifiers are entered in the diagnostic buffer.

Table 5-6 Entry in the diagnostic buffer of the CPU when operational error arrives

Operational Errors Entry

Event-ID W#16#A301
Extra information 1 Error code for operational errors
Extra information 2 Module address

The OPER_ERR data area of SIWAREX-DB is cleared during startup.

Warning
! When errors occur, take suitable measures to evaluate them.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-18 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Internal errors and Internal and external errors are reported to the CPU with a diagnostic alarm.
external errors This causes an entry to be made in the diagnostic buffer and the diagnostic
alarm OB (i.e., OB82) to be called. The user can then use the start informa-
tion in the diagnostic alarm OB to determine the location and cause of the
error and provide an appropriate reaction.
If the diagnostic alarm OB does not exist (i.e., CPU 312 IFM) or is not pro-
grammed, the CPU branches to STOP status when an alarm occurs.
How to proceed
1. When a diagnostic alarm is triggered, the diagnostic alarm OB
(i.e., OB82) is called. If the S7 CPU does not have this OB, the CPU
assumes the STOP state.
2. If the diagnostic alarm is to be evaluated, a program for evaluating the
local data of OB82 or diagnostic data record DR0 must be provided in
OB82. See section 8.3 for the layout of data record DR0.
For additional information on evaluating DR0, see the reference manual of
the SIMATIC S7-300/400.

Table 5-7 Local data of OB82

Type of Error Cause Affected Local Data Bits Measure

Int. error 01 RAM error OB82_INT_FAULT See section 11.4.
(read-write check) OB82_RAM_FAULT
Int. error 02 RAM error (checksum test) - OB82_INT_FAULT See section 11.4.
buffer malfunction OB82_BCKUP_FAULT
OB82_RAM_FAULT
Int. error 03 EEPROM error OB82_INT_FAULT See section 11.4.
(checksum test) OB82_EPROM_FAULT
Int. error 04 A/D conversion error during OB82_INT_FAULT See section 11.4.
read-access OB82_ADU_FAULT
Int. error 05 Watchdog has triggered OB82_INT_FAULT If the error occurs again, call
OB82_WTCH_DOG_FLT the hotline. The module may
have to be sent in for repairs.
See section 11.4.
Ext. error 01 Minimum voltage on sense lines OB82_EXT_FAULT See section 11.5.
underranged OB82_ADU_FAULT
Ext. error 02 Control limit exceeded or under- OB82_EXT_FAULT See section 11.5.
ranged OB82_ADU_FAULT
Ext. error 05 Remote display interface mal- OB82_EXT_FAULT See section 11.5.
function (time monitoring) OB82_COMM_FAULT
External 24 V is missing. OB82_EXT_FAULT
OB82_EXT_VOLTAGE

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-19
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Data loss message When the FC SIWA-M detects a data loss on the SIWAREX M module, this
from the is reported to the user via the IND indication word
SIWAREX M (bit 3 of the low byte n = 1). The error is acknowledged by transferring data
module (buffer record DR43 (tare and zero setting value more precise) to the SIWAREX M.
malfunction) Transmission of DR43 must be triggered by the user.
The error can also be acknowledged via SIWATOOL or a TD20 (if con-
nected).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-20 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.7 Assignment of SIWAREX-DB Data Block

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

0 MOD_ADDR_IN INT +256 Input/output address of the module
(as specified in HW Config)
Input and output addresses must be the
same!
2 DB_VECTOR_NO INT +12 DB no. of DB-VECTOR
4 DB_VECTOR_BEGIN INT +0 Beginning of DB-VECTOR (1st byte)
6 MAX_CALLS INT 1000 Maximum number of block calls (timeout
monitoring for startup synchronization,
life bit and job processing)
Can be set from 10 to 32767
8 BGRD_OFF BOOL FALSE Background processing off
9 OPER_ERR BYTE B#16#00 Error code for operational errors
10 RES_10 ARRAY [1..5] of 5(W#16#0000) In reserve
WORD
APPL_WR_DT1 STRUCT WRITE_DATA_1 application
20 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
21 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
22 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
24 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
26 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
APPL_WR_DT2 STRUCT WRITE_DATA_2 application
28 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
29 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
30 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
32 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
34 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
36 RES_36 ARRAY [1 to 4] 4(W#16#0000) In reserve
of WORD
APPL_WR_CMD STRUCT WRITE_COMMAND application
44 RES_0 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
46 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field (bit 0 ¢ DR2)
48 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
50 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-21
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

APPL_RD_DT1 STRUCT READ_DATA_1 application
52 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
53 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
54 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
56 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
58 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
APPL_RD_DT2 STRUCT READ_DATA_2 application
60 RES_0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
61 DRNO BYTE B#16#00 Data record number (DR3-DR81)
62 BITFIELD WORD W#16#0000 Bit field
64 INDW1 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 1
66 INDW2 WORD W#16#0000 Indication word 2
END_STRUCT
68 RES_68 ARRAY [1 to 4] 4# In reserve
of WORD (W#16#0000)
76 RES_76 STRUCT In reserve
END_STRUCT
CMD WORD W#16#0000 DR2: Commands
ADJ_DATA STRUCT DR3: Adjustment data
90 OPER_MODE WORD W#16#0000 Operating mode
92 SCALES_TYPE WORD W#16#0000 Type of scales
94 STANDSTILL_TIME TIME T#2s_500ms Standstill time
98 STANDSTILL_VAL DINT L#1 Standstill value
102 DEC_POINT WORD W#16#0000 Decimal point
104 CHAR_VAL DINT L#2 Characteristic value area
SIWAREX M
108 WEIGHT_UNIT ARRAY [1, 2] of :=1 (’k’), 1 Unit of weight
CHAR (’g’)
110 INCREMENT BYTE B#16#01 Increment
111 LIMIT_FREQ BYTE B#16#02 Digital filter, limit frequency
112 ADJ_WEIGHT DINT L#10000 Adjustment weight
116 MAX_LOAD DINT L#10000 Maximum load
120 LANGUAGE WORD W#16#0000 Language
122 ADJ_DIGITS_0 DINT L#0 Adjustment digits 0
126 ADJ_DIGITS_1 DINT L#500000 Adjustment digits 1
130 SCALE_NO BYTE B#16#00 Scales number
131 BYTE41 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
END_STRUCT

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-22 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

SCALES_PARA STRUCT DR4: Scales parameters
132.0 BIT8 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.1 BIT9 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.2 BIT10 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.3 BIT11 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.4 BIT12 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.5 BIT13 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.6 BIT14 BOOL FALSE In reserve
132.7 RAM_EEPROM BOOL FALSE DR4 storage
(1 = RAM, 0 = EEPROM)
133.0 AUTO_ZERO BOOL TRUE Scales setting: Auto. zero offset
133.1 FILL_DEDUCTION BOOL TRUE Scales setting: Fill/deduction
weighing
133.2 BIT2 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.3 BIT3 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.4 BIT4 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.5 BIT5 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.6 BIT6 BOOL FALSE In reserve
133.7 BIT7 BOOL FALSE In reserve
134 EMPTY_VAL DINT L#50 Empty message value
138 EMPTY_D_TIME TIME T#5s_0ms Empty message delay time
142 ON_LIMIT_1 DINT L#10000 Switch-on point for limit value 1
146 OFF_LIMIT_1 DINT L#9990 Switch-off point for limit value 1
150 ON_LIMIT_2 DINT L#1000 Switch-on point for limit value 2
154 OFF_LIMIT_2 DINT L#1010 Switch-off point for limit value 2
158 ON_LIMIT_3 DINT L#9000 Switch-on point for limit value 3
162 OFF_LIMIT_3 DINT L#8990 Switch-off point for limit value 3
END_STRUCT
PROP_PARA STRUCT DR5: Proportioning parameters
166.0 BIT8 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.1 BIT9 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.2 BIT10 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.3 BIT11 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.4 BIT12 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.5 BIT13 BOOL FALSE In reserve
166.6 DOSI_M BOOL FALSE Proportioning above the fine–
flow switchoff point possible
166.7 RAM_EEPROM BOOL FALSE DR5 storage
(1 = RAM, 0 = EEPROM)
167.0 AUTO_PRINT BOOL FALSE Automatic printout for finished
message
167.1 SETTLING_ABORT BOOL TRUE Settling time aborted by standstill

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-23
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

167.2 AUTO_FINE_VALUE BOOL FALSE Automatic acceptance of optim.
fine flow switchoff value
167.3 BIT3 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.4 BIT4 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.5 BIT5 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.6 BIT6 BOOL FALSE In reserve
167.7 BIT7 BOOL FALSE In reserve
168 WORD1 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
DO_DI STRUCT DR6: Parameter for digital inputs and
outputs
170 ASSIGN_DO_1 BYTE B#16#05 Assignment signal output 1
171 ASSIGN_DO_2 BYTE B#16#06 Assignment signal output 2
172 ASSIGN_DO_3 BYTE B#16#07 Assignment signal output 3
173 ASSIGN_DO_4 BYTE B#16#0F Assignment signal output 4
174 ASSIGN_DI_1 BYTE B#16#07 Assignment command input 1
175 ASSIGN_DI_2 BYTE B#16#03 Assignment command input 2
176 ASSIGN_DI_3 BYTE B#16#0F Assignment command input 3
177 BYTE7 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
END_STRUCT
178 RS232_PARA WORD W#16#0003 DR7: Parameter for RS 232 interface
180 TTY_PARA WORD W#16#0000 DR8: Parameter for TTY interface
AO_PARA STRUCT DR9: Parameter for analog output
182 AO_SETUP WORD W#16#0001 Basic setting for analog output
184 AO_RES DINT L#0 In reserve
188 AO_MAX_VAL DINT L#10000 Maximum output value for analog
output (end value)
END_STRUCT
192 RESERVED_1 WORD W#16#0000 DR20: In reserve
194 SETPOINT DINT L#0 DR22: Setpoint
PROP_DATA STRUCT DR23: Proportioning data
198 TOL_PLUS_VAL DINT L#0 Tolerance plus value
202 TOL_MINUS_VAL DINT L#0 Tolerance minus value
206 COARSE_VAL DINT L#0 Coarse flow switchoff value
210 FINE_VAL DINT L#0 Fine flow switchoff value
214 SETTLING_TIME TIME T#2s_0ms Settling time
END_STRUCT

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-24 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

218 SPEC_VAL_AO DINT L#0 DR24: Externally specified value for ana-
log output
222 RESERVED_2 WORD W#16#0000 DR25: In reserve
224 STRING_FIELD_1 ARRAY[1..16] 16 (’ ’) DR26: String field 1
OF CHAR
240 STRING_FIELD_2 ARRAY[1..16] 16 (’ ’) DR27: String field 2
OF CHAR
256 SPEC_TARE DINT L#0 DR28: Externally specified tare
ADD_PROP_PARA STRUCT DR29: Additional proportioning parame-
ters
260 INCHING_TIME TIME T#1s_0ms Inching time
264 MON_TIME_INCH_ TIME T#10s_0ms Monitoring time: Inching mode/
REPROP reproportioning
268 MAT_FL_MON_T1 TIME T#3s_0ms Material flow monitoring time 1
(coarse)
272 MAT_FL_MON_V1 DINT L#2 Material flow monitoring value 1
(coarse)
276 MAT_FL_MON_T2 TIME T#3s_0ms Material flow monitoring time 2
(fine)
280 MAT_FL_MON_V2 DINT L#1 Material flow monitoring value 2
(fine)
284 DEL_TIME_MON_C TIME T#2s_0ms Delay time for coarse flow moni-
toring
288 DEL_TIME_MON_F TIME T#2s_0ms Delay time for fine flow moni-
toring
292 RESERVE29_DINT1 DINT L#0 In reserve
296 RESERVE29_DINT2 DINT L#0 In reserve
300 RESERVE29_DINT3 DINT L#0 In reserve
304 RESERVE29_DINT4 DINT L#0 In reserve
308 RESERVE29_DINT5 DINT L#0 In reserve
312 RESERVE29_DINT6 DINT L#0 In reserve
316 RESERVE29_WORD1 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
318 RESERVE29_WORD2 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
WEIGHTS STRUCT DR30: Weight values
320 GROSS DINT L#0 Gross weight
324 NET DINT L#0 Net weight
328 TARE DINT L#0 Tare weight
END_STRUCT

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-25
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

STATUS STRUCT DR31: Status information
332.0 EMPTY BOOL FALSE Empty message active/inactive
332.1 STANDSTILL BOOL FALSE Standstill
332.2 MAX_LOAD BOOL FALSE Maximum load + 9 e exceeded
332.3 MANUAL_TARE BOOL FALSE Load tare memory with manual
(preset) tare (pT)
332.4 EXT_CMD_NEG BOOL FALSE Command cannot be executed via
ext. contact.
332.5 ZERO_R_EXCEEDED BOOL FALSE Gross weight not within zero set-
ting range
332.6 PRINT_NOT_POSS BOOL FALSE Printing not possible
332.7 SYS_ERR BOOL FALSE System malfunction
(hardware fault)
333.0 SCALE_ADJ BOOL FALSE Scales adjusted
333.1 SCALE_TARED BOOL FALSE Scales tared
333.2 ZERO BOOL FALSE ¼ d zero
333.3 WRITE_PROT BOOL FALSE Write protection active
333.4 SOURCE_CLK BOOL FALSE Source time/date (S7/TD20)
333.5 LIMIT_VAL_1 BOOL FALSE Limit value 1 active/inactive
333.6 LIMIT_VAL_2 BOOL FALSE Limit value 2 active/inactive
333.7 LIMIT_VAL_3 BOOL FALSE Limit value 3 active/inactive
334.0 REPROP_ACTIVE BOOL FALSE Reproportioning was activated
334.1 MAT_FL_ERR_1 BOOL FALSE Material flow error 1
334.2 MAT_FL_ERR_2 BOOL FALSE Material flow error 2
334.3 MAT_FL_ERR_C BOOL FALSE Material flow error, coarse
334.4 MAT_FL_ERR_F BOOL FALSE Material flow error, fine
334.5 MON_INCH_REPROP BOOL FALSE Time monitoring for inching
mode/reproportioning has been
triggered.
334.6 OP_ERR BOOL FALSE Operational error
334.7 BIT_2_15 BOOL FALSE In reserve
335.0 COARSE BOOL FALSE Coarse flow on
335.1 FINE BOOL FALSE Fine flow on
335.2 TOL_PLUS BOOL FALSE Tolerance deviation +
335.3 TOL_MINUS BOOL FALSE Tolerance deviation -
335.4 PROP_RUN BOOL FALSE Proportioning running
335.5 PROP_START BOOL FALSE Proportioning started. Wait for
standstill.
335.6 PROP_ABORT BOOL FALSE Proportioning aborted
335.7 PROP_END BOOL FALSE Proportioning finished
336 WORD2 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-26 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

WEIGHTS_H STRUCT DR32: Measured values more precise
338 GROSS DINT L#0 Gross more precise
342 NET DINT L#0 Net more precise
END_STRUCT
DIGITS STRUCT DR33: Raw digit values
346 UNFILTERED DINT L#0 Unfiltered raw value
350 FILTERED DINT L#0 Filtered raw value
END_STRUCT
AO_VAL DINT L#0 DR34: Analog output value
ADD_MEAS_VAL STRUCT DR35: Additional measured values
358 OPTI_FINE_VAL DINT L#0 Optimized fine flow switchoff
value
362 RESERVE35_DINT1 DINT L#0 In reserve
366 RESERVE35_DINT2 DINT L#0 In reserve
370 RESERVE35_DINT3 DINT L#0 In reserve
374 RESERVE35_DINT4 DINT L#0 In reserve
378 RESERVE35_WORD1 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
380 RESERVE35_WORD2 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
PRINT_DAT STRUCT DR40: Print data of last printout
382 GROSS DINT L#0 Gross weight of last printout
386 NET DINT L#0 Net weight of last printout
390 TARE DINT L#0 Tare weight of last printout
394 WEIGHING_NO DINT L#0 Consecutive weighing number
398 DATE_TIME DT DT#1990-01- Date and time of last printout
01-00:00:00
406 SETPOINT DINT L#0 Setpoint of last printout
END_STRUCT
DATE_TIME DT DT#1990-01- DR41: Date and time
01-00:00:00
VERS STRUCT DR42: Type ID/program version/
switches
418 TYPE_ID WORD W#16#0000 Type identifier
420 PROG_VERSION WORD W#16#0000 Program version
422 SWITCHES WORD W#16#0000 Switch settings (DIP switches)
424 CHANNEL_TYPE BYTE B#16#00 Channel type
425 BYTE9 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
END_STRUCT

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-27
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-8 Layout of DB-SIWAREX

Addr. Variable Name Type Initial Value Comments

EXTRA_INFO STRUCT DR43 Tare and zero setting value more
precise
426 TARE_H DINT L#0 Tare more precise
430 ZERO_VAL_H DINT L#0 Zero setting value more precise
434 TARE_INFO WORD W#16#0000 Tare information
END_STRUCT
USER_INFO STRUCT DR50 In reserve
436 BYTE0 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
437 BYTE 1 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
438 BYTE 2 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
439 BYTE 3 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
440 BYTE 4 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
441 BYTE 5 BYTE B#16#00 In reserve
442 WORD4 WORD W#16#0000 In reserve
END_STRUCT
ERR_CODE STRUCT DR51: Asynchronous error messages for
internal service purposes only
444 EXT_ERR WORD W#16#0000 Error information on external er-
rors, bit-coded
446 INT_ERR WORD W#16#0000 Error information on internal er-
rors, bit-coded
448 OPER_ERR WORD W#16#0000 Error information on operational
errors, bit-coded
END_STRUCT

DB-ARB Working data block DB-ARB is present once per SIWAREX M module. It is
used by the FC SIWA-M function for internal data storage. It may not be
overwritten by the user. DB-ARB must be set up with a minimum length of
80 bytes.

DB-VECTOR DB-VECTOR is present once per CPU. The contents of DB-VECTOR are
included and may not be changed by the user.
Use of a separate data block for DB-VECTOR is not mandatory. If neces-
sary, the data area can also be located in another data block. This only re-
quires that the included UDT be linked to the desired data block. The DB
number and the start of DB-VECTOR must also be entered in
DB-SIWAREX.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-28 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.8 Background Processing

On request of the module, the standard function FC SIWA-M can nest in a
background job. Background jobs can be switched off by the user via the
BGRD_OFF in DB-SIWAREX. A running background job is indicated with
bit 5 of low byte n = “1” in the IND word (i.e., interface currently busy with
another function).
The background jobs are listed below.

Table 5-9 Background jobs

Data Record Meaning Triggered By

Write Read
DR41 Write date and time
DR43 Read process data Request of the SIWAREX M
(tare and zero setting value module
more precise)
DR42 Read type identifier and Startup synchronization
program version (DR42 is always read after
startup synchronization and
cannot be disabled.)

When the date and time are requested by the SIWAREX M module,
FC SIWA-M transfers data record DR41 to the module. The user must ensure
that the contents (i.e., date and time) in DB-SIWAREX are current at this
point in time.
The SIWAREX M module informs FC SIWA-M that data record DR43
(i.e., tare and zero setting value more precise) is to be read by the module.
This job is enabled as soon as the interface is free (i.e., background process-
ing).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-29
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.9 Startup Behavior

The interface is synchronized during the initial accesses to the module after
CPU startup. The “startup running” status message (bit 6 of low byte n) is
output in the IND indication word of the FC SIWA-M function as long as the
startup routines are being executed. After startup synchronization is com-
pleted, the status bit is reset and the block is in standby status (i.e., “job run-
ning” status bit = “0”). The type identifier and the firmware version number
(i.e., data record DR42) are then read once and entered in DB-SIWAREX.
The applications can now be processed.
If synchronization cannot be performed within a certain period of time, the
“startup finished with errors” status message (i.e., bit 7 of low byte n = “1”)
is output together with appropriate extra information in the IND indication
word. The monitoring time is specified with the MAX_CALLS variable in
DB-SIWAREX.

CPU new start During a CPU new start, the new start OB (i.e., OB100) is executed first fol-
lowed by cyclic program processing which starts at the beginning of OB1.
FC SIWA-M cannot be called in the new start OB (i.e., OB100).
If a running job is interrupted by a new start, indication word 1 reports “job
aborted due to synchronization” to the application. Block parameter IND
does not indicate an error message. After conclusion of startup synchroniza-
tion, FC SIWA-M places a new copy of the application in the working DB
and starts processing the job again from the beginning.

5.10 Alarm Processing

Basic parameters The basic parameters (DR0) can be modified in HW-CONFIG (STEP 7).
DR0 and DR1 During configuration of the rack, the parameterization window for the basic
parameters (DR0) can be accessed by a double click after the SIWAREX M
modules have been entered. Any modified data are stored in an SDB and
then transferred from the CPU to the module each time a startup occurs.
The diagnostic alarms of the SIWAREX M can be enabled or disabled in the
parameterization window for the basic parameters.

Process alarms SIWAREX M does not use process alarms.

Diagnostic alarms If enabled in HW-CONFIG, internal and external asynchronous errors are
(asynchronous reported by diagnostic alarms.
errors)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-30 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Caution
The 24 V must be turned on and off at the same time as the 24 V for the SI-
MATIC CPU or the ET 200. Otherwise there may be problems with alarm
generation.

Evaluation of Evaluation of the diagnostic alarms is described under “Internal and external
alarms errors” in section 5.6 (“Reporting of Asynchronous Errors”).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-31
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.11 Technical Data

Table 5-10 Technical data

FC SIWA-M DB SIWAREX DB ARB DB VECTOR

Name SIWA_M DB_SIWA DB_ARB DB_VECTO
Family SIWAREX M SIWAREX M SIWAREX M SIWAREX M
Block number1) FC41 DB10 DB11 DB12
Version V1.1 V1.2 V1.1 V1.1
Loading memory requirements 3600 bytes 1240 bytes 178 bytes 718 bytes
MC7 code length 3130 bytes 450 bytes 80 bytes 208 bytes
Working storage requirements 3166 bytes 486 bytes 116 bytes 244 bytes
Allocation in local data area 50 bytes - - -
Allocation in marker area 0 bytes - - -
Nesting depth 12) 0 0 0

1) Can be changed by the user

2) System functions of the operating system (SFCs) are called.

Block processing The processing times of the FC SIWA-M standard function are listed in the
times tables below. Depending on the hardware configuration (i.e., central or dis-
tributed configuration of the SIWAREX M module) and cycle time of the
CPU, varying numbers of FC calls are required for processing a single read
or write job. While a read job can be executed with one block call under
optimal conditions, a write job always requires at least 3 block calls.

Table 5-11 Processing times in msec with the S7-300

CPU 313/CPU 314 CPU 315/CPU 315-2DP

Standby 0.8 to 1.2 0.6 to 1.0
Read data record 3.5 to 4.1 0.8 to 2.2
Write data record 0.7 to 3.3 0.4 to 0.6

Table 5-12 Processing times in msec with the S7-400

CPU 413-2DP
Standby 0.2 to 0.3
Read data record 1.4 to 2.3
Write data record 0.4 to 1.9

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-32 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.12 Sample Application

5.12.1 Description

Function scope The included example shows the application of the FC SIWA-M standard
function. It contains all required coding and data blocks and provides a quick
introduction to the use of the SIWAREX M. The sample application can be
executed on both the S7-300 and S7-400. It demonstrates how the
SIWAREX M can be controlled and monitored with the FC SIWA-M stan-
dard function.
It is easy to modify or expand the sample program, if necessary, to suit your
own requirements.
The program is organized in two phases.
 During the first phase, the weight values are read cyclically for faster and
simpler hardware testing.
 During the second phase of the sample program (i.e., expanded sample
application), all functions of the SIWAREX M can be run through.

Hardware The sample program requires the following hardware.

prerequisites
 S7-300 programmable controller (mounting rail, power supply and CPU)
Or
S7-400 programmable controller (module rack, power supply and CPU
with DP connection) with distributed I/O (mounting rail, power supply,
IM 153-1 and PROFIBUS-DP connection cable)
Or
S7-300 programmable controller (mounting rail, power supply and CPU
with DP connection) with distributed I/O (mounting rail, power supply,
IM 153-1 and PROFIBUS-DP connection cable)
 SIWAREX M with connected load cell
 Programmer with STEP 7 (e.g., PG 740)
 If the expanded sample program is being used, digital input modules
(4 bytes) and digital output modules (4 bytes) or simulator modules are
also required.
The digital inputs and digital outputs are not required when all functions
are performed with the “monitor and force variable” PG function. If you
use this method, copying in OB1 of the inputs to the markers and markers
to outputs must be deleted.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-33
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

The sample program is designed for the following I/O addresses.

Table 5-13 I/O addresses for the sample program

Module I/O Addresses

Digital inputs IB0, IB1, IB4, IB5
Digital outputs QB8, QB9, QB12, QB13
SIWAREX M PIB320 to PIB335 and PQB320 to PQB335

When other addresses are used, the symbol table must be modified (for digi-
tal inputs and digital outputs), or the new module address must be entered in
DB-SIWAREX and the sample program compiled again.

Installation The following procedure is recommended.

 Set up an S7 project, and generate your hardware configuration.
 Transfer the symbol table from the included SIWAREX project to the new
project.
 Transfer all blocks from the included SIWAREX project to the new pro-
ject.
 If necessary, adjust the module addresses in the sample program to the
existing hardware configuration.
 Transfer all blocks to the CPU.
 Execute a CPU new start.

Inputs and outputs The sample program is designed for easy adjustment to various input and
used (only for ex- output addresses. The inputs and outputs are imaged on markers in OB1,
panded sample ap- network 2, and the sample program works only with these marker bits.
plication)

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 5-14 Inputs and outputs used

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.0 M4.0 Enter job in WRITE_DATA_1 application

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.1 M4.1 Enter job in WRITE_DATA_2 application

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.2

ÁÁÁ
M4.2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.3 M4.3
Enter job in WRITE_COMMAND application
Enter job in READ_DATA_1 application

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.4

ÁÁÁ
M4.4

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.5 M4.5
Enter job in READ_DATA_2 application
Clear error indications

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.6 M4.6 Call FC41 cyclically

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I0.7 M4.7 Edge-triggered call of FC41

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-34 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 5-14 Inputs and outputs used

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I1.0

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I1.1
M5.0 Significance 1:

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M5.1 Significance 2:
Select DR no. (binary)
f WRITE
for WRITE_DATA_1,
DATA 1 WRITE
WRITE_DATA_2,
DATA 2

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I1.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M5.2 Significance 4:
READ DATA 1 and READ
READ_DATA_1 READ_DATA_2
DATA 2

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
((Permitted: DR3 to DR51 except
p DR20 and
I1.3 M5.3 Significance 8: DR25)

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I1.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M5.4 Significance 16:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I1.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M5.5 Significance 32:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I1.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M5.6 Significance 64:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I1.7

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I4.0
M5.7 Significance 128:

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M6.0 Bit 0: Select for bit pattern in application mailbox

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I4.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M6.1 Bit 1:
(bit 0 to
(bits t 7 off low
l byte)
b t )

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I4.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M6.2 Bit 2:
for WRITE_DATA_1,
WRITE DATA 1, WRITE_DATA_2,
WRITE DATA 2,

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
READ_DATA_1
_ _ and READ_DATA_2
_ _
I4.3 M6.3 Bit 3:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I4.4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M6.4 Bit 4:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I4.5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M6.5 Bit 5:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I4.6

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I4.7
M6.6 Bit 6:

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M6.7 Bit 7:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I5.0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M7.0 Bit 0: Select for bit pattern in application mailbox

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I5.1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M7.1 Bit 1:
(bit 0 to
(bits t 7 off high
hi h byte)
b t )

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I5.2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M7.2 Bit 2:
for WRITE_DATA_1,
WRITE DATA 1, WRITE_DATA_2,
WRITE DATA 2,

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
READ_DATA_1
_ _ and READ_DATA_2
_ _
I5.3 M7.3 Bit 3:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I5.4

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I5.5
M7.4 Bit 4:

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M7.5 Bit 5:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I5.6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M7.6 Bit 6:

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
I5.7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M7.7 Bit 7:

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.0

ÁÁÁ
M8.0 Job running

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.1 M8.1 Job finished without errors

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.2 M8.2 System error

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.3 M8.3 Data loss

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.4 M8.4 Job finished with errors

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.5 M8.5 Interface currently busy with a background function

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.6 M8.6 Startup running

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q8.7 M8.7 Startup finished with errors

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.0 M9.0 Extra information (error number), binary from IND block parameter
off FC SIWA
SIWA-MM

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.1 M9.1

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.2 M9.2

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.3 M9.3

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.4 M9.4

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.5 M9.5

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.6 M9.6

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q9.7 M9.7

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-35
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 5-14 Inputs and outputs used

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.0 M10.0

ÁÁÁ
An error has occurred.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.1 M10.1 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.2 M10.2 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.3 M10.3

ÁÁÁ
-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.4 M10.4 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.5 M10.5 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.6 M10.6 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q12.7 M10.7 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.0 M11.0 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.1 M11.1 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.2 M11.2 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.3 M11.3 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.4 M11.4 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.5 M11.5 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.6 M11.6 -

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Q13.7 M11.7 -

Markers used

Table 5-15 Markers used (continued)

Symbol Name Operand Data Meaning

Type
ENTER_WR_DT1 M 4.0 BOOL Enter job in APPL_WR_DT1
ENTER_WR_DT2 M 4.1 BOOL Enter job in APPL_WR_DT2
ENTER_WR_CMD M 4.2 BOOL Enter job in APPL_WR_CMD
ENTER_RD_DT1 M 4.3 BOOL Enter job in APPL_RD_DT1
ENTER_RD_DT2 M 4.4 BOOL Enter job in APPL_RD_DT2
CLEAR_ERR_IND M 4.5 BOOL Clear error indications
FC_SIWA_M_CYCLE M 4.6 BOOL Call FC SIWA-M cyclically
SINGLE_CALL_FC_SIWA_M M 4.7 BOOL Edge-triggered call of FC SIWA-M standard function

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-36 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-15 Markers used (continued)

Symbol Name Operand Data Meaning

Type
ERROR_IND M 10.0 BOOL Error indication
EM_WR_DT1 M 12.0 BOOL Edge marker for WRITE_DATA_1 job
EM_WR_DT2 M 12.1 BOOL Edge marker for WRITE_DATA_2 job
EM_WR_CMD M 12.2 BOOL Edge marker for WRITE_COMMAND job
EM_RD_DT1 M 12.3 BOOL Edge marker for READ_DATA_1 job
EM_RD_DT2 M 12.4 BOOL Edge marker for READ_DATA_2 job
EM_CALL_FC_SIWA_M M 12.7 BOOL Edge marker for call of FC SIWA-M
IND_FINISHED_ M 14.1 BOOL Job finished without errors
WITHOUT_ERR
IND_GROUP_ERR M 14.2 BOOL System error
IND_DATA_LOSS M 14.3 BOOL SIWAREX M reports data loss
IND_FINISHED_WITH_ERR M 14.4 BOOL Job finished with errors
IND_STARTUP_WITH_ERR M 14.7 BOOL Startup concluded with errors
M_DR_NO MB 5 BYTE Set data record number
IMAGE_IN_1 MW 4 WORD Image of the inputs
IMAGE_IN_2 MW 6 WORD Image of the inputs
IMAGE_OUT_1 MW 8 WORD Image of the outputs
IMAGE_OUT_2 MW 10 WORD Image of the outputs
INDW_FC_SIWA_M MW 14 WORD Indication word of the FC SIWA-M standard function
LAST_ERROR MW 16 WORD Intermediate storage of the error that occurred last
DIAGNOSTIC_ALARM_ MD 80 DWORD Message of diagnostic alarms
SIW_M

Blocks used Table 5-16 Blocks used

Symbol Name Block Meaning

Number
DB_SIWAREX DB 10 Interface data block for SIWAREX M
DB_ARB DB 11 Working data block for SIWAREX M
DB_VEKTOR DB 12 Vector data block for SIWAREX M
FC_EXT_SAMPLE FC 10 Expanded sample program for SIWAREX M
FC_SIWA_M FC 41 Standard function for SIWAREX M
CYCLE OB 1 Cyclic program processing
DIAG OB 82 Evaluation of diagnostic alarms

Caution
! Remember the following when using the CPU 312 IFM.
 The CPU 312 IFM does not have OB82.
 The block numbers for FCs on the CPU 312 IFM are limited to FC0 to
FC31.
å FC41 must be renamed (e.g., FC10)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-37
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Data type declara- Since each data block used in the sample program is based on a UDT, it is
tions (UDT) used easy to generate an additional data block of the same type.

Table 5-17 Blocks used

Symbol Name Block Meaning

Number
UDT_SIWAREX UDT 10 Data type declaration for DB-SIWAREX
UDT_ARB UDT 11 Data type declaration for DB-ARB
UDT_VEKTOR UDT 12 Data type declaration for DB-VECTOR

Variable tables
used
Table 5-18 VAT10: Parameters and weight values from DB-SIWAREX

Operand Symbol Status Status Control

Format Value Value
DB10.DBW 0 “DB_SIWAREX”.MOD_ADDR_IN DEC 320
DB10.DBW 2 “DB_SIWAREX”.DB_VECTOR_NO DEC 12
DB10.DBW 4 “DB_SIWAREX”.DB_VECTOR_BEGIN DEC 0
DB10.DBW 6 “DB_SIWAREX”.MAX_CALLS DEC 1000
DB10.DBX 8.0 “DB_SIWAREX”.BGRD_OFF BIN 0 2#1
DB10.DBB 9 “DB_SIWAREX”.OPER_ERR DEC 0

DB10.DBD 320 “DB_SIWAREX”.WEIGHTS.GROSS DEC L#10

DB10.DBD 324 “DB_SIWAREX”.WEIGHTS.NET DEC L#10
DB10.DBD 328 “DB_SIWAREX”.WEIGHTS.TARE DEC L#0

MW 14 “INDW_FC_SIWA_M” HEX W#16#0000

DB10.DB “DB_SIWAREX” DEC
MD “DIAGNOSTIC_ALARM_SIW_M” CHARACTER Yes

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-38 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-19 VAT11: Application mailboxes in DB-SIWAREX

Operand Symbol Status Value Control Value

// APPL_WR_DT1
DB10.DBB 21 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 22 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 24 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 26 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT1.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_WR_DT2
DB10.DBB 29 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 30 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 32 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.IND1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 34 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_DT2.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_WR_CMD
DB10.DBW 46 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_CMD.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 48 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_CMD.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 50 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_WR_CMD.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_RD_DT1
DB10.DBB 53 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 54 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 56 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 58 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT1.INDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
// APPL_RD_DT2
DB10.DBB 61 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.DRNO 0
DB10.DBW 62 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.BITFIELD 2#0000_0000_0000_0000
DB10.DBW 64 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.INDW1 W#16#0000 W#16#1111
DB10.DBW 66 “DB_SIWAREX”.APPL_RD_DT2.AINDW2 W#16#0000 W#16#1111

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-39
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.12.2 Using the Sample Program

After a total reset of the CPU, the hardware configuration and the sample
program can be transferred to the CPU. All inputs should have “zero” signal
status.
When a new start of the CPU is then performed, no errors may be reported by
the LEDs of either the CPU or the SIWAREX M module. If an error LED
does light up, this indicates a hardware error or an faulty hardware configura-
tion.
Using the “force and monitor variable” STEP 7 function, the weight values
and the indication word of FC SIWA-M in variable table VAT 10 can be mon-
itored.
Synchronization with the SIWAREX M module is performed during the ini-
tial cycles of the CPU. If FC SIWA-M reports “startup finished with errors”
in the indication word, communication with the module cannot take place.
The first stage of the example is then executed (i.e., the weight values (data
record DR30) are read cyclically).
A change in load on the load cell causes a change in the weight values. The
indication word alternates between “job running” and “job finished without
errors.”
This part of the program is located in network 1 of OB1. The digital inputs
are not required for the first stage.
The second stage of the sample application uses the inputs and outputs speci-
fied. This part of the program is not executed until OB1 is modified so that
network 1 can no longer be processed (i.e., either deleted or a jump to
another sector is programmed).
FC SIWA-M cannot been called yet. To call the block cyclically, input I0.6
must be set to one.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-40 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Jobs can now be entered in the application mailboxes via the digital inputs.
To do this, a data record number and the desired bits in the bit pattern must
be selected first. The job is entered in the application mailbox when a rising
edge occurs on one of the input bits I0.0 to I0.4.
All permitted data records can be written to or read from the module via the
application mailboxes listed below.
 APPL_WR_DT1
 APPL_WR_DT2
 APPL_WR_CMD
 APPL_RD_DT1
 APPL_RD_DT2
The individual application mailboxes can be monitored with variable table
VAT 11.
To be able to follow the execution of job processing step by step, the cyclic
call can also be switched off (i.e., I0.6 = 0) and input I0.7 can be used to call
(edge-triggered) FC SIWA-M. Using this method, the IND indication word
of FC SIWA-M can be monitored on the output word.

Behavior when As soon as FC SIWA-M reports an error, Q12.0 is set and the indication word
errors occur (i.e., parameter IND of FC SIWA-M) is saved in marker word
LAST_ERROR (i.e., MW 16).
This marker word can then be used for further error evaluation. See also the
indication word of FC SIWA-M and STEP 7 code of the sample program.
Input I0.5 can be used to clear the error output again.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-41
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

5.13 Communication via the I/O Interface

The I/O interface of the SIWAREX M can be used for fast reading of measu-
red values and status information (starting with firmware version 0122). This
method can be used regardless of whether the FC SIWA_M function is used.
If the information read in from the I/O interface is sufficient for a certain ap-
plication, the FC SIWA_M function does not need to be called at all.
Transmission takes place via the I/O area. Parameters or commands cannot
be transferred to the SIWAREX M with this interface.
The measuring results can be provided very quickly to the SIMATIC CPU.
The measuring cycle counter makes it possible to implement flow measure-
ment with STEP 7 resources for loss in weight or proportioning conveyor–
belt scales, for instance.
The status information and the measured values are made available in the
input area of the S7. Since not many transfer bytes are available, only one
measured value can be read in addition to the status information. The user
can use the ”measured value selection” byte in the output area to determine
which measured value will be provided by the SIWAREX M.
The SIWAREX M has a counter in the input area so that the time at which
the measured values and status values are updated can be recognized by the
S7 program. The counter is incremented for each new measured value (0 to
127). When a new measured value becomes available, these data are provi-
ded along with the measured value in the input area together with the current
status information and an ID.
The data are made available immediately after the values are calculated (ap-
prox. every 20 msec) without a request by the user program from the SIMA-
TIC CPU. Before the values are provided, a check is made to determine
which measured value was requested by the user.
To maintain error–free communication, the user program must monitor that
the data are read and the measured value is updated by the module not simul-
taneously.
Safety routine:
While the measured values are being made available by the SIWAREX M,
the most significant bit of the measured value counter is set.
Procedure while measured values are being provided by the SIWAREX M
Counter state
 Set most significant bit in the counter 0xxxxxx → 1xxxxxx
 Provide desired measured value and status 1xxxxxx
 Clear most significant bit in the counter 1xxxxxx → 0xxxxxy
and increment the counter

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-42 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Principal routine for evaluation in the user program

 Read counter and check whether > 127. If yes, repeat (or exit read rou-
tine). If no, store counter state
 Read measured value and, if necessary, status info
 Read counter again and check whether > 127. If yes, repeat everything. If
no, compare with stored counter state. If counter states equal, read access
was successful. If not, entire read access must be repeated.
With fast CPU cycles (<< 20 msec), a read access may be terminated imme-
diately after the counter state is evaluated when it is detected that the measu-
red value has already been read.
When the request for the measured value is changed, a check must still be
made to determine whether the desired measured value was supplied (” mea-
sured value information) or whether a just changed request was issued too
late.

Table 5-20 Allocation of the I/O input byte

Byte Meaning Remarks
No.
0 – Already assigned for FB communication –
1 – Already assigned for FB communication –
2 – Already assigned for FB communication –
3 – Already assigned for FB communication –
4 – Already assigned for FB communication –
5 –
6 Measured value information Codes: See measured value selec-
tion.
7 Bit Bits 26 to 20: Counter Counter is continuously incremented
27 (0 to 127)
Bit 27: For access signaling
8 For possible values, see below
9 Measured value
10
11
12 Status information 1 (See DS31)
13
14 Status information 2 (See DS31)
15

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-43
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Table 5-21 Allocation of the I/O output byte

Byte Meaning Remarks
No.
0 – Already assigned for FB communication –
1 – Already assigned for FB communication –
2 – Already assigned for FB communication –
3 – Already assigned for FB communication –
4 – Already assigned for FB communication –
5
6
7
8 Measured value selction see below
9
10
.
.
.
15

Measured value The user program can specify in the ”measured value selection” byte which
selection measured value is to transferred to the I/O area. The identifier for the value
currently entered by SIWAREX M is returned in the ”measured value infor-
mation” byte.

Table 5-22 Reading the measured values

Code Weight valvue from DR no. Remarls
00 Digit,, unfiltered DR33 Default setting
01 Digit, filtered DR33
02 Gross DR30
03 Net DR30
04 Tare DR30
05 Gross more precise DR32
06 Net more precise DR32

Important
The SIMATIC S7 program may only access the I/O area with word or
double-word accesses. Otherwise error-free communication cannot be
guaranteed

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-44 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

Sample program
FUNCTION_BLOCK FB 43
TITLE =
//This block is used to read measured values and status via
//I/O of the SIWAREX M.
//
//Parameter:
//
//ADR: The base address of the SIWAREX M to be read is specified here as
// entered in HW–Config. DBW0 of the
// SIWAREX–DB can also be parameterized here
//
//Selection: The measured value to be read is selected here.
// !!!See parameter ”Act_Selection”!!!
// Valid values:
// 0 for unfiltered digits
// 1 for filtered digits
// 2 for gross value
// 3 for net value
// 4 for tare value
// 5 for more precise gross value
// 6 for more precise net value
// For all other selection values, ”unfiltered digits” are output.
//
//
//ERR: This output becomes ”1” when three read attempts in
// succession produce an invalid measured value.
//
//Meas. v.: Measured value which was read from the SIWAREX M. The
// ”Act_Selection” parameter shows which measured
// value was read.
//
//Counter: Each time the SIWAREX M supplies a !new! measured value,
// this counter is incremented by one (every 20 msec). When
// the counter reaches 127, it jumps with the next measured value
// back to 0. This FB terminates processing when the same value
// was read during the previous call.
//
//Act_Selection : Indicates which measured value was !really! read.
// The ”selection” and ”Act_Selection” parameter may
// differ directly after a switchover of ”selection” if
// no new measured value was read or if the
// ”selection” parameter is an invalid value.
//
//
//Status1: The 1st word of the status data record (DR31) is output
// here.
//
//Status2: The 2nd word of the status data record (DR31) is output
// here.
//
//

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-45
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

AUTHOR : Siwarex
FAMILY : Siwarex
NAME : HW_READ
VERSION : 1.2

VAR_INPUT
ADR: INT ; //Base address SIWAREX M
Selection: INT ; //Measured value selection
END_VAR
VAR_OUTPUT
ERR : BOOL ; //Error while reading measured value
Measu_V : DINT ; //Measured value of SIWAREX M module
Counter_M : INT ; //Measured value counter
Act_Selection : INT ; //Measured value selection of the output value
Status1 : WORD ; //Status word 1 (DR31)
Status2 : WORD ; //Status word 2 (DR31)
END_VAR
VAR
Counter_old : INT ; //Measured value counter of previous cycle
END_VAR
VAR_TEMP
TempW : WORD ;
Counter_t : INT ;
ReadC : INT ; //Read counter
Measu_V_t : DINT ;//Temp measured value
Status_t : DWORD ;//Temp status
END_VAR
BEGIN
NETWORK
TITLE =Init
//Init
L #ADR; //Base address SIWAREX M
SLD 3;
LAR1 ;
CLR ;
= #ERR; //Clear error
L 0;
T #ReadC; //Initialize read counter
NETWORK
TITLE = Measured value selection
//Set measured value selection to desired value
L #Selection;
L B#16#FF;
UW ;
SLW 8;
T PAW [AR1,P#8.0];

NETWORK
TITLE = Read measured value
//Read ,measured value, counter and status

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-46 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

loop: L PIW [AR1,P#6.0]; // SIWAREX M Counter/selection

T #TempW;
L B#16#FF;
AW ; // Mask out measured value counter
T #Counter_t; // Counter state
L 127;
>I ; // Measured value invalid?
JC neul; // Read again?
//
TAK ;
L #Counter_old;
==I ; // No new value?
JC ende;
//
L PID [AR1,P#8.0]; // SIWAREX M measured value
T #Measu_V_t;
L PID [AR1,P#12.0]; // Status info
T #Status_t;
L PIW [AR1,P#6.0]; // SIWAREX M counter/selection
L #TempW; // still valid?
<>I ; // No–>neul(Read new)
JC neul;

L #Counter_t;
T #Counter_old; // Save new counter value as old
T #Counter_M; // and output

L #Measu_V_t; // SIWAREX M measured value

T #Measu_V;

L #Status_t; // Status info

T #Status2; // Status 2
SRD 16;
T #Status1; // Status 1
L #TempW;
SRW 8;
T #Act_Selection; // Indicated value
BEU ; // End
//
neul: L #ReadC;
INC 1;
T #ReadC;
L 3;
<=I ; // Max. no. of read reaches? No–>read again
JC loop;
SET ;
= #ERR; // Error
ende: BE ; // End of block

END_FUNCTION_BLOCK

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 5-47
Centrally in SIMATIC S7-300

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

5-48 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7 6
6.1 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7
The only difference between the distributed link to the SIMATIC S7-300,
S7-400 and C7 and the central integration of the SIWAREX M into the
SIMATIC S7-300 is the parameterization under HW-CONFIG.

Prerequisites Interface IM 153-1 or IM 153-2

The IM 153-2 is only required when needed by other modules (e.g., FM 353).
SIWAREX M configuration package in SIMATIC S7

Master in the SIMATIC S7:

An S7 CPU with integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface or a CP 443-5 (starting
with release status 2) or an IM 467 is required for the distributed connection
of the SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC S7.
The current version of the CP 342-5 (status 4/99) cannot be used for the bus
connection.
Connection to the SIMATIC C7:
A SIMATIC C7 with integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface is required for dis-
tributed connection of SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC C7.

CPU restart During a CPU restart, the restart OB (i.e., OB101) is executed followed by
(for S7-400 only) cyclic program processing at the point at which the interruption occurred.
FC SIWA-M cannot be called in the restart OB.
If a running job is interrupted by a restart, indication word 1 reports “job
aborted due to synchronization” to the application. After conclusion of
startup synchronization, FC SIWA-M places a new copy of the application in
the working DB and starts processing the job again from the beginning.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 6-1
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7

Multi-processor In multi-processor operation, each SIWAREX M module is assigned to a cer-

operation tain CPU. One module cannot be accessed by several CPUs.
(for S7-400 only)

Active backplane Connecting and disconnecting the SIWAREX M under power can only be
bus performed in connection with an active backplane bus of the S7-300.
(for S7-400 only)
The active backplane bus is based on a special model of the ET 200M modu-
lar I/O device which is connected via PROFIBUS-DP to a SIMATIC S7-400.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

6-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7

6.2 Distributed Link to SIMATIC PCS 7

Configuration Linking the SIWAREX M to the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system
package for SI- requires the optional configuration package with the order no.
MATIC PCS 7 7MH4 583-*EA6*.
While the SIWAREX M is usually integrated in SIMATIC S5/S7 program-
mable controllers with the typical PLC programming languages STL (state-
ment list), LAD (ladder diagram) or FBD (function block diagram, integra-
tion in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is performed via graphic
configuration in the CFC diagram (continuous function chart). In other
words, integration is structured instead of programmed.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 6-3
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7

Integration in the The SIWAREX M is integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control sys-
engineering sys- tem via graphic configuration in the CFC diagram (CFC = Continuous Func-
tem (ES) tion Chart).
CFC is a technology-oriented, graphics configuration tool with which
technology blocks (e.g., controller blocks, logical links, scales blocks, and so
on) are taken from libraries and placed in CFC diagrams.
Each SIWAREX M module is represented by a block. The inputs and outputs
of this block can be circuited with each other or with other blocks.
The SIWAREX M block has integrated message and maintenance functions.
The SIWAREX M supports removing and installing the module during run-
ning operation in connection with ”active bus modules.”
After a defective module has been replaced, the scales parameters can be sent
to the new module either manually by pressing a button on the OS (i.e., Op-
erator Station) or automatically (if configured in the CFC diagram), and the
new weighing module becomes available for use immediately.

Figure 6-1 Graphic circuiting of the SIWAREX M via the CFC diagram

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

6-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7

Integration in the A faceplate for visualization and use of the scales via the OS (WinCC) is
operator station available within the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system to represent the
(OS) SIWAREX M.
The faceplate can be used to handle the scales (e.g., set to zero, tare, start
proportioning, and so on) and monitor the weighing values.

Figure 6-2 Faceplate for visualization of the SIWAREX M

The faceplate can be shown in various views (e.g., standard, maintenance,

parameter, batch, and so on) depending on the particular requirements.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 6-5
Distributed Link to SIMATIC S7/C7/PCS 7

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

6-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Serial Link 7
Introduction One of the two serial interfaces (X2/X3) can be used for the link to other host
systems (e.g., SIMATIC S5-95U or host PC). Two drivers (SIWAREX driver
and 3964 R) are provided for this purpose.
The SIWAREX M can be adjusted, parameterized and controlled by sending
(sending telegrams) or fetching (fetch telegrams) data records.

Restrictions When the RS 232 interface (X2) is used for the link to a host system, a
printer cannot be connected.
When the TTY interface (X3) is used for the link to a host system, a remote
display cannot be connected.

7.1 Data Communication with the SIWAREX M

Method of function If a host system link is implemented via the serial link, the SIWAREX M is
always the slave, and the host system is always the master.
When the partner (master) wants to read a data record from the
SIWAREX M, this record must first be requested with a fetch telegram
(DR100). Using a response telegram, the requested data record (DRxx) is
sent back from the SIWAREX M. When the master transfers a data telegram,
the SIWAREX M then sends back an acknowledgment telegram (DR101).
This acknowledgment telegram may contain positive and negative response
messages.
The maximum length of user data is currently limited to 80 bytes
(DR80 and 81). The data records which are available are listed in
section 8.
In data record 51, two bytes each are reserved for the error types external
errors, internal errors and operational errors. The error numbers are set up as
bit structures and not as codes. Since each error code has an appropriate bit
number allocated to it, errors of the same type which are waiting at the same
time can be reported simultaneously.
The SIWAREX M extends error messages via DR51 to at least 3 seconds so
that even briefly queued asynchronous errors (i.e., internal, external and op-
erational errors) can be detected. This means that data record DR51 should
be read at shorter intervals so that all errors can be acquired by the user.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 7-1
Serial Link

7.1.1 SIWAREX Driver

How the driver The SIWAREX driver operates in the lowest level with a simple telegram
functions layout with 2 end characters. The telegrams also contain characters (BCC
and length byte) used to improve transmission reliability and identification.
These characters should be evaluated by partner stations.
In the data to be transferred, each telegram header contains a scales number
for identification. Scales numbers from 1 to 16 are permitted. If the scales
number does not match the entry in DR3, the telegram received is rejected in
the SIWAREX M. If the scales number matches the entry in DR3, the ad-
dress of the sender of the request telegram is entered as the receiver address
in the response telegram. Each set of scales can be addressed with either its
individual scales number or the address 0. The host has a default sender ad-
dress of 255.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 7-1 Telegram layout

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1st byte

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Receiver address

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2nd byte Sender address

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3rd byte Data record number

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4th byte Length in n bytes (user data length + 7)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5th byte User data DRx, first byte

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
. .

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(n-3)th byte User data DRx, last byte

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(n-2)th byte BCC

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(n-1)th byte End ID 1 (DLE) 0x10

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
nth byte End ID 2 (ETX) 0x3

When a byte with the code DLE (0x10) occurs within bytes 1 to (n-2) byte,
this byte is doubled by the sender (to avoid a chance end ID within the user
data) without including it in the calculation of the length.
The receiver must “undouble” the byte again.
The block check character (BCC) is generated with bytes 1 up to and includ-
ing byte (n-3).
Example:
Link 1st byte with 2nd byte via EXOR
Link result with 3rd byte via EXOR
...
Link result with (n-3)th byte via EXOR
The end result is the BCC block check character.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

7-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Serial Link

When the character delay time is exceeded on the SIWAREX M, the inter-
face is reset to its basic state. An error message is not generated. In addi-
tion, the block check characters and the length data are verified on the
SIWAREX M. Errors are reported in the acknowledgment telegram with the
identifier 60hex. If the length and the BCC byte in the telegram are zero, no
check is performed.
When the SIWAREX driver is used with the RS 232 interface, a timeout
monitoring function (no fetch telegram for 30 sec) causes an automatic
switch from the SIWAREX driver to the printer protocol when no fetch tele-
gram has occurred within 30 seconds.

Parameters of the SIWAREX driver

Table 7-2 Interface data

Baud rate TTY interface: 9600 bit/sec

RS 232 interface: 2400 or 9600 bit/sec
Parity bit TTY interface: Even
RS 232 interface: Even or odd
Number of data bits 8

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number of stop bits 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Character frame 11 bits

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Character delay time 220 msec

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Signals TxD, RxD

7.1.2 3964R Driver

How the driver A link in accordance with the 3964R protocol can be made on the TTY and
functions RS 232 interface of the SIWAREX M.
The 3964R protocol specifies the mechanisms required for reliable and se-
cure transmission (e.g., checksums, control characters and so on).
In the data to be transferred, each telegram header contains a scales number.
Scales numbers from 1 to 16 are permitted. If the scales number does not
match the entry in DR3, the telegram received is rejected in the
SIWAREX M. If the scales number matches the entry in DR3, the address of
the sender of the request telegram is entered in the response telegram as the
receiver address. Each set of scales can be addressed with either its indi-
vidual scales number or the address 0. The host has a default sender address
of 100.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 7-3
Serial Link

Table 7-3 Layout of the sending telegram

Byte Meaning Example

1st byte Receiver address (scales number) 0
2nd byte Sender address (always 100 here for 3964R part- 100
ner)
3rd byte Data record number 100 (fetch telegram)
4th byte Length in n bytes (user data + 7) 8 (1 byte user data + 7)
5th byte User data DRx, first byte 30 (data record DR30, weight values)
... ... -- (Not used for DR100)
nth byte User data DRx, last byte -- (Not used for DR100)

Table 7-4 Layout of the receiving telegram

Byte Meaning Example

1st byte Receiver address (identifier 3964R) 100
2nd byte Sender address (scales number) 0
3rd byte Data record number 101 (acknowledgment telegram)
4th byte Length in n bytes (user data + 7) 10 (3 bytes user data + 7)
5th byte User data DRx, first byte 20 No. for acknowledged data record
6th byte User data DRx, second byte 40 Type of error
7th byte User data DRx, third byte 04 Error number
... -- (Not used for DR101)
(nth-1). byte ... -- (Not used for DR101)
nth byte User data DRx, last byte -- (Not used for DR101)

Table 7-5 Parameters ot the 3964R protocol

Baud rate TTY interface: 9600 bit/sec

RS 232 interface: 2400 or 9600 bit/sec
Parity bit TTY interface: Even
RS 232 interface: Even or odd*
Number of data bits 8
Number of stop bits 1
Character frame 11 bit
Acknowledgment delay time 2 sec
Character delay time 220 msec
Signals TxD, RxD

* Even parity must be set for the 3964R protocol.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

7-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Serial Link

7.2 Selecting the Driver on the TTY Interface

Setting the TTY interface can be accomplished by sending DR8 via the
SIMATIC interface or by using SIWATOOL.

Table 7-6 Selection codes for the TTY interface

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name Length

Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit (in
Variable Name bytes)
Parameters for TTY interface TTY_PARA 180 8 0 - 2 WORD Selection code
0 = No indication*
1 = TD20
2 = Indication 1
3 = Indication 2
4 = SIWAREX driver
5 = 4-position indication
6 = 5-position indication
7 = 6-position indication
8 = 3964R protocol

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 7-5
Serial Link

7.3 Selecting the Driver on the RS 232 Interface

Setting the RS 232 interface can be accomplished by sending DR7 via the
SIMATIC interface or by using SIWATOOL.

Table 7-7 Data and messages

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name Length

Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit (in
Variable Name bytes)

0 = 2400 bit/sec
Transmission rate of the RS 232 interface RS232 PARA
RS232_PARA 178 7 1 0 2 WORD
1 = 9600 bit/sec*

0 = Odd
Parity of the RS 232 interface RS232 PARA
RS232_PARA 178 7 1 1 2 WORD
1 = Even*

0 = Printer/SIWAREX protocol *
Protocol of the RS232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 3 2 WORD
1 = 3964R protocol

0 = No B protocol *
Protocol of the RS232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 4 2 WORD
1 = B protocol
ADJ_DATA
Scales number 130 3 40 - 42 BYTE Scales number 0*
SCALES_NO

Fetch telegram - - 100 0 - 1 BYTE Number of the request data record

Acknowledgment telegram - - 101 0 - 3 BYTE Acknowledgment telegram

9 - 1 - 1 BYTE Operational error 06

Data transmission error on the TTY interface OPER ERR**
OPER_ERR**
- 51 4 5 6 BOOL Operational error 06

9 - 1 - 1 BYTE Operational error 07

Data transmission error on the RS 232 interface OPER ERR**
OPER_ERR**
51 4 5 6 BOOL Operational error 06

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

** Message bit via indication word of FC SIWA-M

When using the 3964R protocol, adhere to following points.

Always set even parity for the 3964R protocol.
If parameterization was performed with SIWATOOL, the 3964R protocol
does not become active until a telegram has not been received from
SIWATOOL for over 5 seconds.
Communication with SIWATOOL can be resumed on the RS 232 interface
regardless of whether the 3964R or printer/SIWAREX protocol was selected.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

7-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Description of the Data Records 8
8.1 Overview Data Records

Table 8-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M

DR No. Function Direc- Length Interfaces Store in

ti 1 (Bytes)
tion (B t )
S7 X1, EEPROM RAM
X2 (Buffered)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Serial

ÁÁÁ
DR0ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Data

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record r 4 Yes No No No

ÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 diagnostic data record r 16 Yes No No No

ÁÁÁ
DR0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used) w 4 No No No No

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
S7 parameter data record (not used) w 16 No No No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
DR2ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
CommandsÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Setting Data: Adjustment and Setting Values

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ w 2 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR3*
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR4 ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment data

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Scales parameter
r/w
r/w
42
34
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes/no2
No
No/yes2

ÁÁÁ
DR5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter r/w 4 Yes Yes Yes/no2 No/yes2

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR6
DR7 ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for digital inputs and outputs

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for RS 232
r/w
r/w
8
2
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

ÁÁÁ
DR8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR9 ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for TTY

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter for analog output
r/w
r/w
2
10
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data, Commands

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR22
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ r/w 4 Yes Yes No Yes

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR23
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR24 ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning data

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Specified value f. analog output
r/w
r/w
20
4
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR26
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR27
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1

ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2
ÁÁÁÁ
r/w
r/w
16
16
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR28
DR29
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
External tare specification
Additional proportioning parameters
r/w
r/w
4
48
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
1 r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
2 Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-1
Description of the Data Records

Table 8-1 Data records provided by the SIWAREX M

DR No. Function Direc- Length Interfaces Store in

tion1 (Bytes)
S7 X1, EEPROM RAM
X2 (Buffered)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Serial

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Measuring values

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
DR30 Weight values r 12 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR31
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Status information (bit-coded) r 6 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR32
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR33 ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Meas. values more precise

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Raw digit values
r
r
8
8
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
No
No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR34
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Analog output value r 4 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR35

ÁÁÁ
Additional measured values r 24 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Other

ÁÁÁ
DR40 ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Print data of last printout r 28 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR41
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Date and time
ÁÁÁÁ w 8 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR42
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR43 ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Type identifier/program version/switches

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare and set to zero value more precise
r
r/w
8
10
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
No
No
No
Yes

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Diagnostic Information
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR51
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Error information r 6 Yes Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print Layouts
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR80
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Text 1
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
r/w 80 No Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR81
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Text 2
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Communication
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
r/w 80 No Yes Yes No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR100
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Fetch telegram
ÁÁÁÁ w 1 No Yes No No

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR101
1
2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Acknowledgment telegram r 3 No
r: READ-access only; w: WRITE-access only; r/w: READ and WRITE-access
Depends on the parameter bit in data record DR4 or DR5
Yes No No

* After verification acceptance, can only be read–accessed

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

8.2 Data Formats for S5/S7

Data formats in S7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-2 Data record formats

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DS byte n+3 DS byte n+2 DS byte n+1 DS byte n+0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Byte, char

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
27
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 20

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Word
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
High byte Low byte

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
215

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
27 20

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
dint , time (msec)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
High word Low word

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
High byte Low byte High byte Low byte
231 223 215 27 20

Table 8-3 Format for data and time in the SIMATIC S7

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Byte n+7
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Date and Time DT (BCD-Coded)

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Byte n+6 Byte n+5 Byte n+4 Byte n+3 Byte n+2 Byte n+1 Byte n

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Day of the
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Millisec.1 Seconds Minutes Hours Day Month Year

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
week1

1 Not used

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-3
Description of the Data Records

8.3 Detailed Description of Data Records

8.3.1 Diagnostic Data

Note
The data of DR0 are also available in the local data of OB82.

DR0
Diagnosis, part 1
Table 8-4 Diagnostic data

Byte Bit Meaning Remarks

0 0 Module error
1 Internal error
2 External error
3 Not used, always 0
4 External auxiliary voltage missing
5 Not used, always 0
6 Parameterization missing
7 Not used, always 0
1 0 Module class 0101 = Analog module
to 0000 = CPU
3 1000 = Function module = SIWAREX M
1100 = CP
1111 = Digital module
4 Channel information exists
5 User information exists
6 Not used, always 0
7 Not used, always 0
2 0 Not used, always 0
1 Communication error
2 Not used, always 0
3 Watchdog-error
4 Not used, always 0
5 Not used, always 0
6 Buffer error
7 Not used, always 0

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

Table 8-4 Diagnostic data

Byte Bit Meaning Remarks

3 0 Not used, always 0
1 Not used, always 0
2 EPROM error
3 RAM error
4 ADC error (ADC error during read-access)
5 Not used, always 0
6 Not used, always 0
7 Not used, always 0

DR1 Data record DR1 is not used by the SIWAREX M for diagnostic purposes.
Diagnosis, part 2

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-5
Description of the Data Records

8.3.2 Setting Data (Adjustment and Setting Values)

DR2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-5 Description of DR2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Commands
Meaning Format

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Commands WORD

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-6

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Commands

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code (Decimal) Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ No command execution

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero point valid (adjustment command)
Adjustment weight valid (adjustment command)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Taring

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Externally spec. tare valid

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero
Reserved

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Print text 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Print text 2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Repeat last printout

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Start proportioning with automatic taring

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Stop proportioning
Start proportioning without automatic taring or

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ continue proportioning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Load factory setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15
20 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Delete tare
Start inching mode with taring
22 Start inching mode without taring or
continue proportioning
30 Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning
32 Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing or continue proportioning
40 Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning as
inching mode
42 Start proportioning without taring with reproportion-
ing as inching mode or continue proportioning

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

DR3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR3
Adjustment data
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Operating mode
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ WORD
SIWAREX M
0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
Type of scales
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill time msec
WORD
TIME
0
2500

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill value Weight DINT 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
Decimal point
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ WORD 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIWAREX M ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Char. value area of

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
mV/V DINT 2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
Unit of weight
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ CHAR ‘kg’

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment BYTE 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit frequency of digital filter

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight Weight
BYTE
DINT
2
10000

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Maximum load
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Weight DINT 10000

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Language

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment digits 0
WORD
DINT
0
0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment digits 1 DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales number
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ BYTE 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
In reserve
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ BYTE 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-8 Selection code of the adjustment data (decimal specification)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operating mode

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operation without verification obligation
Operation with verification obligation as non-automatic scales

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Type of scales

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Not used at this time
Characteristic value range, SIWAREX M
1 Char. value range 0 to 1 mV/V
2 Char. value range 0 to 2 mV/V
4 Char. value range 0 to 4 mV/V

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digit increment parameterization byte

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Digit increment: 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Digit increment: 2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Digit increment: 5

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Digit increment: 10

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Digit increment: 20

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
50
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Digit increment: 50

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-7
Description of the Data Records

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-8 Selection code of the adjustment data (decimal specification)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
Decimal point parameterization byte

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ xxxxx (no decimal point)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
xxxx.x
xxx.xx

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3 xx.xxx

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4 x.xxxx

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5 .xxxxx

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digital filter/average value filter

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0/(100) No filtering/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/(101) Limit frequency: 5 Hz/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2/(102) Limit frequency: 2 Hz/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3/(103) Limit frequency: 1 Hz/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4/(104) Limit frequency: 0.5 Hz/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5/(105) Limit frequency: 0.2 Hz/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6/(106) Limit frequency: 0.1 Hz/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7/(107) Limit frequency: 0.05 Hz/mean value filter active

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Language

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0 German

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1 English

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

DR4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-9
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR4
Scales parameters
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales settings (bit-coded) WORD
SIWAREX M
0003

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message value

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message delay time
Weight
msec
DINT
TIME
50
5000

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-on point for limit value 1 Weight DINT 10000

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-off point for limit value 1 Weight DINT 9990

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-on point for limit value 2

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-off point for limit value 2
Weight
Weight
DINT
DINT
1000
1010

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-on point for limit value 3 Weight DINT 9000

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch-off point for limit value 3 Weight DINT 8990

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales settings

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
Bit

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No. 15 ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit Bit

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No. 1 No. 0
Meaning Factory Setting
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ0/1 Automatic zero point offset 1

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á ÁÁÁÁÁ 1: On 0: Off

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0/1 1: Fill weighing 0: Deduction weighing 1

ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0/1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ 1: Store in RAM 0: Store in EEPROM 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR5 Table 8-11 Description of DR5

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning
Meaning Unit Format Factory Setting
parameters

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter WORD 2
word 1 (bit-coded)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reserve2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ WORD 0

Table 8-12 Proportioning parameter value

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. 1 Bit No. 0 Meaning Factory Setting
15 14 SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 0 = Off Automatic printout 0

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 1 = On for finished message

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0 = Off
1 = On
Settling time is termi- 1
nated by standstill.

0/1 1: Store in RAM 0

0: Store in EEPROM
0 = Yes Proportioning above 0
1 = No fine–flow switchoff
point possible

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-9
Description of the Data Records

DR6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-13
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR6
Parameters for
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Possible Entry Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
digital inputs
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
and outputs (Decimal)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 1

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 2
Number
Number
BYTE
BYTE
23
23

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 3 Number BYTE 23

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation signal output 4 Number BYTE 23

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation command input 1

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation command input 2
Number
Number
BYTE
BYTE
11
11

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Allocation command input 3 Number BYTE 11

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

Allocation for DI Table 8-14 Selection codes for DI

Meaning Selection Code (Decimal)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero point valid (adjustment command) 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight valid (adjustment command)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Taring 3

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified tare valid 4

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero 5

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reset SIWAREX * 6

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 1 7

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Print text 2 8

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Repeat last printout 9

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning with automatic taring 10

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Stop proportioning 11

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start proportioning without automatic taring or 12
continue proportioning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Load factory setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Delete tare
13
15
Start inching mode with taring 20
Start inching mode with taring or continue propor- 22
tioning
Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning 30
Start proportioning without taring with reproportion- 32
ing or continue proportioning
Start proportioning with taring with reproportioning 40
as inching mode
Start proportioning without taring with reproportion- 42
ing as inching mode or continue proportioning

* For service purposes only

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-11
Description of the Data Records

Allocation for DO
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection codes for DO (decimal specification)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Selection Inverted

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Code
(High Active)
Selection
Code

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Low Active)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales adjusted 0 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales tared 1 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d-zero 2 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Write protection active 3 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Source of date/time 4 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(0 = S7 or none; 1 = TD20)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 1 active/inactive 5 105

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 2 active/inactive 6 106

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Limit value 3 active/inactive 7 107

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty message active/inactive 8 108

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Standstill 9 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Maximum load + 9 e exceeded 10 110

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare memory loaded with 11 -
manual tare value (preset)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Command via external contact could not be 12 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
executed.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight outside zero setting range 13 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Coarse flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Group error (hardware error)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
15
16
115
-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fine flow on
ÁÁÁÁÁ 17 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation + 18 -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance deviation -

ÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning running
19
20
-
-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning started. Wait for standstill.

ÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning aborted
21
22
-
-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning finished (finished message)
Material flow error 1
23
24
-
124
Material flow error 2 25 125
Material flow error, coarse flow 26 126
Material flow error, fine flow 27 127
Time monitoring for inching mode or repropor- 28 -
tioning has expired
Printing not possible 29 -
Reproportioning was activated 30 -

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

DR7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR7
RS 232C
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
interface
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
parameters
RS 232 settings (bit-coded) WORD 3

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-17
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Transmission values

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0 ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Transmission rate: 0 = 2400 bit/sec; 1 = 9600 bit/sec
SIWAREX M
1

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parity: 1 = even; 0 = odd 1

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Protocol: Bit 3: Bit 4:: 0

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
XON/XOFF:

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proz. 3964R:
B protocol:
0
1
0
0
0
1
(printer) 0

DR8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-18
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR8
TTY interface
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
parameters
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TTY setting
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ WORD 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-19

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Type of remote display/driver

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ No display (factory setting)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
TD20
Reserved for display 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Reserved for display 2
Serial SIWAREX protocol
5 4-digit display
6 5-digit display
7 6-digit display
8 3964R procedure

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-13
Description of the Data Records

DR9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-20
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR9
Parameters for
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
analog output
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Basic settings of the analog output WORD 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
In reserve

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Maximum output value for analog Weight
DINT
DINT
0
10000

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
output
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-21 Basic settings of the analog output

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Decimal)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0 External output (specified value), 0 to 20 mA

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1 Gross output, 0 to 20 mA

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2 Net output, 0 to 20 mA

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10 External output (specified value), 4 to 20 mA

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11 Gross output, 4 to 20 mA

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12 Net output, 4 to 20 mA

8.3.3 Process Data: Weighing and Proportioning Data and Commands

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR22 Table 8-22 Description of DR22
Setpoint

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIWAREX M
Setpoint DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR23 Table 8-23 Description of DR23
Proportioning data
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Unit Format Factory Setting
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance plus value WEIGHT DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tolerance minus value WEIGHT DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Coarse flow switchoff value

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Fine flow switchoff value
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
DINT
DINT
0
0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Settling time
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ msec TIME 2000

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-14 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

DR24
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-24
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR24
Specified value,
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
analog output
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified value for DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
analog output
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR26 Table 8-25 Description of DR26
String field 1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit Format Factory Setting
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1 Char 16 times ‘ ‘
(16 characters, value 00 to FF hex)

DR27
String field 2 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-26

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR27

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2 Char
SIWAREX M
16 times ‘ ‘

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(16 characters, value 00 to FF hex)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR28 Table 8-27 Description of DR28
Externally
specified tare
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit Format Factory Setting
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Externally specified tare Weight DINT 0

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-15
Description of the Data Records

DR29
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-28
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR29
Expanded propor-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory setting,

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tioning parameters
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Inching time
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Monitoring time
msec
msec
TIME
TIME
1000
10000
(inching mode/reproportioning)
Material flow monitoring time 1 msec TIME 3000
(coarse)
Material flow monitoring value 1 Weight DINT 2
(coarse)
Material flow monitoring time 2 msec TIME 3000
(fine)
Material flow monitoring value 2 Weight DINT 1
(fine)
Delay time for monitoring coarse msec TIME 2000
flow
Delay time for monitoring fine flow msec TIME 2000
In reserve 6xDINT 0
2xWORD

8.3.4 Measured Values

DR30
Weight values ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-29
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR30

ÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ Weight DINT

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare weight
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight
Weight
DINT
DINT

DR31
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-30
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR31

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Status
Meaning Format

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
information
Status information 1 (bit-coded) WORD

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
In reserve
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Status information 2 (bit-coded) WORD
WORD

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-16 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-31 Status information

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit No. Meaning
Status 1
(General
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
1
Scales adjusted

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Scales tared
status
information) ÁÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1/4d-zero

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3 Write protection active

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4 Source of data/time (0 = S7 or none; 1 = TD20)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5 Limit value 1 active/inactive

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6 Limit value 2 active/inactive

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7 Limit value 3 active/inactive

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8 Empty message active/inactive

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9 Standstill

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10 Maximum load + 9 e exceeded

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11 Tare memory loaded with manual tare value (preset)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12 Command could not be executed via external contact.

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13 Gross weight outside zero setting range

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
14 Printing not possible

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15 Group error (hardware error)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Status 2 0 Coarse flow on
(for proportioning

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1 Fine flow on
scales)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2 Tolerance deviation +

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3 Tolerance deviation -

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4 Proportioning running

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5 Proportioning started. Wait for standstill.

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6 Proportioning aborted

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7 Proportioning finished (finished message)
8 Reproportioning was activated.
9 Material flow error 1
10 Material flow error 2
11 Material flow error, coarse
12 Material flow error, fine
13 Time monitoring for inching operation/reproportioning has been trig-
gered.
14 Operational error
15 In reserve

DR32 Table 8-32 Description of DR32

Measured values
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Unit Format
more precise

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross more precise Weight DINT

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Net more precise Weight DINT

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-17
Description of the Data Records

DR33
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-33
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR33
Raw digit values
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Unfiltered raw value

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Filtered raw value
Digit
Digit
DINT
DINT

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
DR34 Table 8-34 Description of DR34
Analog output
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Unit Format
value (for service

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
purpuses only) D/A converter value Digit DINT

DR35 Table 8-35 Description of DR35

Additional meas-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Unit Format
ured values

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Optimized fine flow switchoff value Weight DINT

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
In reserve 4xDINT
In reserve 2xWORD

8.3.5 Other Functions

DR40 Table 8-36 Description of DR40

Print data of
last printout ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit Format Factory Setting
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight of the last printout Weight DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net weight of the last printout

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare weight of the last printout
Weight
Weight
DINT
DINT
0
0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Consecutive weighing number

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Date and time of the last printout
Weight
Date and
DINT
DT
0
0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
time

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint of the last printout Weight DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR41 Table 8-37 Description of DR41
Date and time

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIWAREX M
Date Date DT 1990-01-01-00

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Time
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Time DT 00:00

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-18 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

DR42
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-38
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR42
Type identifier/
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
program version/
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
switches
Type identifier WORD 2243

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Program version

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Switch positions (DIP switches)
WORD
WORD
Cur. version
Cur. settings*

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
IN RESERVE 3

*
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Binary representation
WORD 0

DR43
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-39
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR43

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare and set to
Meaning Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
zero more precise
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare more precise Weight DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Set to zero value more precise Weight DINT 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare information (bit-coded) See below. WORD 0

Table 8-40 Tare information

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit 0 Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0 No manual tare (preset) value set (no external tare
specification)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Manual tare (preset) value set (external tare specification)

8.3.6 Diagnostic Information

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR51 Table 8-41 Description of DR51
Error information

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Unit Format Factory Setting
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information on external er- WORD 0
rors, bit-coded *

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information on internal er- WORD 0

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
rors, bit-coded *

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error information on operational WORD 0

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
errors, bit-coded *

* Bit number = Error number minus “1” in accordance with sections 11.2, 11.4 and 11.5

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-19
Description of the Data Records

8.3.7 Print Layouts

DR80
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-42
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR80
Print layout 1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format Factory Setting

Text 1ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Char
SIWAREX M
See below.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(80 characters, value 00 to FFhex)

Factory setting, text 1:

LF,D,a,t,u,m,TAB,TAB,U,h,r,TAB,TAB,M,a,t,e,r,i,a,l,TAB,TAB,V,e,r,w,.,SP,
N,r,.,TAB,N,e,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,TAB,SP,SP,B,r,u,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,LF,LF,F3,TAB,F4,TA
B,TAB,F6,TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,CR,EOT;

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
DR81 Table 8-43 Description of DR81
Print layout 2

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning Unit Format Factory Setting

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIWAREX M

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Text 2 Char See below.
(80 characters, value 00 to FFhex)

Factory setting, text 2:

F3,TAB,F4,TAB,TAB,F6,TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,LF,EOT;

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-20 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Description of the Data Records

8.3.8 Communication

DR100
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-44 Description of DR100

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Fetch telegram
Meaning Unit Format

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Number of data record request BYTE

DR101
Acknowledgment
telegram
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-45

Meaning
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Description of DR101

ÁÁÁÁÁ Unit Format

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
No. for acknowledged data record BYTE

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
(0 for error type 60 hex)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
Type of error
ÁÁÁÁÁ BYTE

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Error number
ÁÁÁÁÁ BYTE

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 8-46 Types of errors in acknowledgment telegrams

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Selection Code Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
00hex No error

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
40hex Handling error

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
50hex Data error

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
60hex Transmission error

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 8-21
Description of the Data Records

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

8-22 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Optional Components 9
Overview Optional components are external devices such as remote displays, printers,
and so on.
The figure below shows how external devices can be connected.

PS S7-300 SIWAREX M
CPU

RS 485 RS 232 (X2) TTY (X3)

MPI bus

Remote display

Operator panel
Printer

PC

Figure 9-1 Connection of optional components

A remote display appropriate for verification can be connected to the TTY

interface (X3).
The RS 232 interface (X2) can be used to connect either a printer for logging
requiring verification capability, or a PC for commissioning purposes.
The telegram communication enables the SIWAREX M to recognize when a
PC is connected. During this phase, triggered print jobs are rejected with an
error message.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-1
Optional Components

9.1 Connection of Digital Remote Displays

Introduction Digital remote displays can be connected to the TTY interface of the
SIWAREX M. The SIWAREX M contains an appropriate protocol for con-
nection of digital remote displays. All digital remote displays which support
this protocol and are equipped with a TTY interface can be connected to the
SIWAREX M. 4-digit, 5-digit and 6-digit remote displays are supported.

Note
The SIWAREX M contains a protocol for addressing digital remote displays.
It is the user’s responsibility to determine whether the digital remote display
chosen actually supports this protocol. Siemens AG accepts no liability for
damage caused by connection of remote displays.
The documentation of the remote display manufacturer must be adhered to.

Description

Display 1:
30.100 kg Gross value

25.453 kg Display 2:
Net value

50.00 kg Display 3:
Setpoint

Figure 9-2 Example: Connection of 3 digital remote displays to SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

Weight representa- The following weight values can be represented on a digital remote display.
tion
– Gross weight value
– Net weight value
– Setpoint
A setting on the remote display determines which of the weight values is rep-
resented.

Unit of weight and If supported by the remote displays, the following information can also be
status symbols indicated.
– Unit of weight (g, kg or t)
– Status symbol for the 1/4d-zero (-0-)
– NET symbol (for tared scales)
– Scales standstill

Special operating When special operating states occur (e.g., the indication range of the remote
states display is exceeded), the SIWAREX M sends appropriate ASCII characters
via the protocol. If the remote display can indicate these ASCII characters,
the special operating state is indicated on the remote display. See also char-
acter set used for display data, table 9-8.

Table 9-1 Special states

Indication Description
”_ _ _ _ _” The indication range of the remote display has been exceeded
(e.g., 345.546 kg cannot be shown on a 4-digit display).
”_ _ _ _ _” The maximum load of the scales was exceeded by more than
9 e (1 e = 1 digit increment). The maximum load of the scales
is parameterized on the SIWAREX M.
”E r r o r” The SIWAREX M reports a system error
(e.g., EEPROM error).
”_ _ _ _ _” Timeout function for monitoring the serial connection for wire
or break. This function must be included in the remote display.
The function is indicated differently depending on the type of
”≡ ≡ ≡ ≡ ≡”
display.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-3
Optional Components

Connection of the The connection to the remote display is made with the free-floating TTY in-
remote displays terface of the SIWAREX M (15-way, sub D socket). The interface is unidi-
rectional (i.e., the weight values are transferred cyclically to the remote dis-
play(s).
Depending on the type of indication, several digital remote displays can also
be connected to the SIWAREX M.
Either the SIWAREX M or a remote display must be operated actively.

TxD+
(Pin 6) < 1000 m
RXD-
Display 1
(e.g., LIYCY 2x2x0.5mm2) RXD+ (passive)
TxD-
(Pin 7)
RXD-
RXD+
SIWAREX M 20mA/R
Display 2
(passive) (active)
M/R

Figure 9-3 Connection of several remote displays

Assignment of the Table 9-2 Pin assignment of the TTY interface on the SIWAREX M
TTY interface for
Pin Signal Name Explanation
the SIWAREX M
2 RxD- Receiver data -
6 TxD+ Sender data +
7 TxD- Sender data -
9 RxD+ Receiver data +
11 20 mA/R Receiver power +
12 GND Ground
13 20 mA/T Sender power +
15 GND Ground

For pin assignment of the remote display, see the documentation of your remote display.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

Note
Pin assignment of the remote displays may differ depending on the manufac-
turer. For example, S+/S- is used for sender power, and TX+/TX-/RX+/RX-
is used for sender or receiver lines. Some remote displays use the 24 V con-
nection instead of 20 mA/R and GND instead of M/R since these types of
remote displays are equipped with constant current control which limits the
current on the TTY interface. For details, see the documentation of your
remote display.
When several remote displays are to be connected to the TTY interface of
the SIWAREX M, we recommend asking the manufacturer of the remote
displays whether this is possible.

Settings on the 4-digit, 5-digit and 6-digit displays can be connected to the
SIWAREX M SIWAREX M. Selection of the display to be connected is made in DR8 via
SIMATIC S7 or via SIWATOOL.
The number of positions set applies to all remote displays connected to the
TTY interface.

Table 9-3 Selection codes for the TTY interface

Funktion SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7

Stuktur name Length

Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit in
Variable name bytes
Selection code
0 = No display*
1 = TD20
2 = Reserved 1
3 = Reserved 2
Parameter for TTY interface TTY_PARA 180 8 0 - 2 WORD
4 = SIWAREX driver
5 = 4-digit display
6 = 5-digit display
7 = 6-digit display
8 = Procedure 3964R

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

Settings on the When a digital remote display is connected to the SIWAREX M, settings
remote display must be made on the remote display. The number of settings depends on the
remote display used.
For detailed information on the parameterization of remote displays, see the
documentation of the manufacturer of your remote display.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-5
Optional Components

Table 9-4 Settings on digital remote displays

Meaning Setting
Interface TTY
Data format 8-bit
Parity Even
Baud rate 9600 Baud
Protocol STX/ETX
Protocol response None
Ignore characters Ignore no characters for remote displays
(See protocol layout in table 9-7) with status indication.
Ignore one character for remote displays
without status indication.
Address length 2 positions
Address Gross value = 01
Net value = 02
Setpoint = 04
Timeout Example: timeout after 2 sec
Decimal point No decimal point is specified via remote
display.
Leading zeros Leading zeros are indicated.
Dimension No indication
(only applicable to remote displays with
weight symbol)
Segment test If present on the remote display, segment
test should be enabled.

Number range Depending on the remote display selected, the weight value can be indicated
which can be with 4, 5 or 6 digits. When negative values are involved, the minus sign
represented takes up one of the positions.
Example of a 6-digit display with 3 positions after the decimal point:
Display range -99.999 to 999.999.
When the number range which can be represented is exceeded, this is shown
by ”- - - -”.
The following configurations should be avoided when representing gross or
net weight values since negative values cannot be represented.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

Table 9-5 Representation of the decimal point positions

Remote Display Type Number of Positions Example

Configured after the
Decimal Point
4-digit remote display 3 positions after the 0.123
decimal point -0.123 cannot be repre-
sented since 5 positions re-
quired.
5-digit remote display 4 positions after the 0.1234
decimal point -0.1234 cannot be repre-
sented since 6 positions re-
quired.
6-digit remote display 5 positions after the 0.12345
decimal point -0.12345 cannot be repre-
sented since 7 positions re-
quired.

Position of the Only one decimal point position can be specified for all weight values. The
decimal point decimal point position can be specified via SIWATOOL or via the SIMATIC
(DR3, adjustment data).
The decimal point position is kept static. After a decimal point position has
been parameterized, it is transferred with the protocol. When several remote
displays are used, the decimal point position can be set individually on each
remote display by not specifying a decimal point position for the
SIWAREX M. The desired decimal point position must then be set directly
on the remote display.

Addressing An address must be set on each display (e.g., by using the appropriate para-
meterization menu of the display). The address determines the value to be
indicated.

Table 9-6 Possible settings

Address Remote Display Data

ASCII coded 1)
01 Gross value
02 Net value
03 Reserved
04 Setpoint
1) Since the address is represented as ASCII characters in the remote display protocol, ad-
dress “02” corresponds to the ASCII characters 30h and 32h.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-7
Optional Components

Remote displays When remote displays which can evaluate the scales status with byte 4 of the
with status indica- remote display protocol (cf. table 9-7) and indicate status messages (e.g.,
tion NET), address 02 (i.e., net weight) must be set. If the scales are not tared,
the gross weight value is indicated. If the scales are tared, the net weight
value is indicated and the NET symbol lights up. 1/4d-zero is indicated as
status symbol -0-. When the maximum load is exceeded by 9 e, the weight
values are no longer indicated. If the scales are not at a standstill, this is in-
dicated by the symbol.

Displays with When the SIWAREX M is parameterized for the unit of weight (g, kg or t),
weight symbol remote displays which can indicate the weight symbol display the unit of
weight.

Protocol layout The layout of the protocol will now be described. All digital remote displays
which can be connected electrically to the SIWAREX M and which can be
operated with the described protocol can be used with the SIWAREX M.
Description of the protocol
Data format: 8 bits, even parity, 1 stop bit
Baud rate: 9600 Baud
Protocol: STX/ETX without protocol response
Addressing: 2 bytes for addressing the displays
Status: Displays which cannot indicate NET status
and 1/4d-zero must ignore byte 4.
Unit of weight: Displays which cannot indicate a unit of
weight must ignore the related control
codes.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

Table 9-7 Description of the string layout

Byte No. Contents Commentary/Example

4-digit 5-digit 6-digit HEX
Display Display Display (Ex.)
1 1 1 STX 02 02h
2 2 2 Address 30 2 digits, ASCII-coded
3 3 3 Address 31 (can be parameterized on
display)
4 4 4 Status, NET ¼d-zero 4D
5 5 5 1st digit 35 Gross, net or setpoint
6 6 6 2nd digit 34
7 7 7 Decimal point 2C *1)
8 8 8 3rd digit 33
9 9 9 4th digit 32
Blank 10 10 5th digit 31
Blank Blank 11 6th digit 30
12 12 12 ESC 1B Selection of unit of weight
13 13 13 D 44 Selection of unit of weight
14 14 14 2 32 1=“g”, 2=“kg”, 3= “t”
0 = No scales standstill
15 15 15 ETX 03
*1) Position depends on the decimal point position parameterized for SIWAREX M.
If no decimal point is parameterized, the data string has one byte less.
If English is set as the language (DR3), the ASCII character is output for the decimal point (2Eh). Only applicable to
remote displays which differentiate between a comma and a point.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-9
Optional Components

Table 9-8 Character set used for display data

Character Hexadecimal Code Commentary

Digits 0 to 9 30 to 39 Representation of the digits
Minus sign ”-” 2D Sign for negative values
or
Maximum load of scales exceeded
Underline ”_” 5F For ”range exceeded” - indicated in
all character positions
Decimal point 2C/2E For German: 2C
For English: 2E
Blank 20 For blanking out characters
Letter E 45 For error display:
Letter r 72 “Error”
Letter o 6F
STX 02 Protocol control character for start of
data string
ETX 03 Protocol control character for end of
data string
ESC 1B Introduction of a control character
Status: NET 4E Indication of the scales status
Status: NET and -0- 4D
Status: -0- 4F
No status 20

Siebert remote Digital remote displays from the company Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
displays can be directly connected to the SIWAREX M via the TTY interface.
Remote displays S11 and S310 can be used as remote displays appropriate for
verification. In addition to the weight value, both remote displays show sta-
tus 1/4e, NET and scales standstill on the display.
Remote displays which can be used:
-S10/SX10
-S11 (appropriate for verification)
-S30
-S70 (with option 97/16)
-S300
-S310 (appropriate for verification)
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH
Postfach 1180
D-66565 Eppelborn
Tel: +49 6806/980-150
Fax: +49 6806/980-111
Internet: http://www.siebert.de
Contact the manufacturer for detailed information.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

9.2 External verifiable memory

Starting with firmware release 0122, an external verifiable memory can be
connected to the RS 232 interface. Connection of the verifiable memory is
designed especially for the ”Omniscale” unit from CSM GmbH.
The B protocol is used for communication with the verifiable memory.

SIWAREX M
Omniscale
X2

2 2
5 5
3 3

Sub – D Sub – D
9pole pin 9pole pin

Figure 9-4 Connection cable X2-Omniscale

A 9–pin, sub D, plug connector (pins on both sides) is used for the connec-
tion to the SIWAREX M.
The interface uses the signals RxD and TxD. No other signals are required.
The interface is galvanically isolated (not floating) and thus nonreactive.
The protocol can be activated for the SIWAREX M with an entry in DR7.
The definition of the RS 232 setting in DR7 is shown in table 10.9.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 9-9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameterization of the RS 232 interface

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Bit-Nr.

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
0
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Transmission rate: 0 = 2400 bit/sec; 1 = 9600 bit/sec
Default setting
1

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parity: 1 = even; 0 = odd
Protocol: Bit 3: Bit 4:
1
0
4 XON/XOFF: 0 0 (Printer) 0
Proc. 3964R: 1 0
B protocol: 0 1

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-11
Optional Components

Using SIWATOOL, the selection is made in menu item “Schnittstellen >

RS232”.

Figure 9-5 Selection of the B protocol

Data selection for As with the printer protocols, the data to be saved are specified with SIWA-
storage in TOOL in menu item ”Parameter” > ”Druckertexte”.
Omniscale

Figure 9-6 Selection of the data to be saved

OmniscaleManager substitutes 6 spaces for the tab characters.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

After the B protocol has been selected, all printouts are sent to the Omni-
Scale device with the B protocol (or to the Alibi printer with the B protocol).
When problems occur during transmission (e.g., repeated protocol errors/ti-
meouts/SIWATOOL ...), external error 6 ”communication to RS 232 interface
faulty (arriving)” is output after the finished message of the proportioning
procedure when automatic printout is parameterized, for example. No further
proportioning procedures can be performed in this state.
In this error state, print commands are immediately rejected (e.g., printing
not possible since printer not ready).
When an error occurs, SIWAREX M cyclically checks to determine whether
the Omniscale device is ready for operation. As soon as the device is ready
for operation again, the error is reported as ”departing” and the scales are
ready for proportioning again. A print job which was triggered before can
then be executed with the ”REPEAT PRINTOUT” command.

Readiness check In standby (i.e., nothing to be saved), the Omniscale device is cyclically
checked for readiness to receive. If not ready to receive, the ”printing not
possible” status bit in DR31 is set and arriving print jobs are rejected.

Device-specific in- For a description of the device and other information, contact the manufac-
formation turer below.
CSM Computer-Systeme-Meßtechnik GmbH
Raiffeisenstraße 34
D-70794 Filderstadt-Bonlanden
Tel.: +49 (0)711 77964 0
Fax: +49 (0)711 77964 40
Internet: www.csm.de

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-13
Optional Components

9.3 Printer

Introduction The following functions are available to the user when a printer is connected.
 Logging (appropriate for verification) of the weight values with date/time
and consecutive number
 Flexible configuration of 2 print texts via parameterizable ASCII strings,
fields and string fields
The RS 232 interface (X2) is available for connection of a printer.

Note
The printers can be used as printers with verification capability in accor-
dance with enclosure 1 of SIWAREX M qualification approval (certificate
no. D95-09-042). In addition, all printers with a CE seal can be connected.

If the application does not require verification capability, any EPSON-com-

patible printer with an RS 232 interface can be connected.

Printer protocol The XON/XOFF protocol is used as the printer protocol. The baud rate and
parity can be parameterized. The number of data bits is permanently set to 8.
The number of stop bits is permanently set to 1. The interface parameters of
the printer and the SIWAREX M must be identical.

Table 9-10 Interface parameters

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure name Length

Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit in
Variable name bytes
0 = 2400 bit/sec
Transmission speed of the RS 232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 0 2 WORD
1 = 9600 bit/sec*

0 = Odd
Parity of the RS 232 interface RS232_PARA 178 7 1 1 2 WORD
1 = Even*

* Factory setting of the SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-14 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

9.3.1 Connecting the Printer

The printer is connected to the SIWAREX M with a 9-way, sub D, plug-in

connector.
The interface uses the signals RxD and TxD. Other signals are not required.
The interface is galvanically isolated (i.e., not non-floating) and therefore
nonreactive.

Printer

SIWAREX M
x2 2
< 15 m (e.g. LIYCY 2 x 2 x 0.2 mm )

2 2

5 7

3 3

9–way,
sub D pin 25–way
sub D pin

Figure 9-7 Printer cable

Table 9-11 Pin assignment on the printer side

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Pin Signal name Explanation

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3 RxD Sending data

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2 TxD Receiving data

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7 GND Ground

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-15
Optional Components

9.3.2 Printer Functions

Commands Three commands are available for triggering print functions. These com-
mands are “Print text 1”, “Print text 2”, and “Repeat print”. When the “re-
peat print” command is used, the last triggered print text with the latest
weighing data from the buffered RAM is repeated. When the print function
is triggered from the remote display, text 2 is always printed.

Consecutive With the exception of “repeat print”, the 6-position, consecutive weighing
weighing number number is incremented (0 to 999,999) each time a printout is triggered. In
addition, the weighing data (i.e., gross weight, net weight, tare, setpoint, date
and time) are stored separately in the buffered RAM for the print repetition
function. After a buffer interruption (e.g., power failure lasting more than 72
hours), the data are set to zero.

Automatic printout When the SIWAREX M is used as proportioning scales, text 2 is automati-
cally printed (if parameterized) with the finished message.

Printing not If a print command cannot be executed, this is reported as a handling or op-
possible erational error.
The “printing not possible” status bit in DR31 can be evaluated so that a
printer fault can be determined during automatic printing after the finished
message of a proportioning procedure.
This bit is set by SIWAREX M when it is determined that printing is cur-
rently not possible. The bit is set even when a print job has not been issued.
Some possible causes are listed below.
 The printer has sent XOFF (e.g., no more paper).
 SIWATOOL is connected to the RS 232 interface.
 The RS 232 interface is parameterized for the 3964R procedure.
 Implausible characters are being received by the RS 232 interface.
If the printer is selected for the RS 232 interface, it is assumed after startup
or receipt of the parameterization that a functional printer in XON status is
actually connected. Once the XOFF control character is received, the “print-
ing not possible” bit is not cleared until an XON control character is received
again.
If another character (e.g., from SIWATOOL) is received while in XON status,
the “printing not possible” bit is set and not cleared again until at least 5 sec-
onds have passed since a character was received on the RS 232 interface.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-16 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

Table 9-12 Data for print function

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7/C7

Structure Name Length

Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit in
Variable Name bytes

Selection code (decimal)

7 = Print text 1
Print command CMD 88 2 0 - 2 WORD
8 = Print text 2
9 = Repeat print

PRINT_DATA
Gross weight of last printout 382 40 0 - 28 DINT 0*
GROSS

PRINT_DATA
Net weight of last printout 386 40 4 - 28 DINT 0*
NET

PRINT_DATA
Tare weight of last printout 390 40 8 - 28 DINT 0*
TARE

PRINT_DATA
Weighing number of last printout 394 40 12 - 28 DINT 0*
WEIGHING_NO

PRINT_DATA
Date/time of last printout 398 40 16 - 28 DT 1990-01-01-00
DATE_TIME 00:00*

PRINT_DATA
Setpoint of last printout 406 40 24 - 28 DINT 0*
SETPOINT

9 - 1 - 1 BYTE
Internal print buffer overflow OPER ERR**
OPER_ERR**
OPER_ERR Operational error 04
- 51 4 3 6 BOOL

9 - 1 - 1 BYTE
Internal print buffer overflow OPER ERR**
OPER_ERR**
OPER_ERR Operational error 05
(task communication) - 51 4 4 6 BOOL

Print not executed since maximum load ex- Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 03
ceeded the applications

Print not executed since printer not ready Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 13
(XOFF) the applications

Print not possible since printer not connected Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 19
the applications

Print not executed since no standstill Message via indication words of 101 02
0-2 - 3 BYTE Handling error 20
the applications
STATUS
Printing not possible 332 31 0 6 6 BOOL Status information
PRINT_NOT_POSS

PROP_PARA
Automatic printout after proportioning finished 167 5 1 0 4 BOOL 0*
message AUTO_PRINT

* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

** Message bit via indication word of FC SIWA M.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-17
Optional Components

9.3.3 Print Layout

Two texts (80 characters each) which can be printed are stored in the
EEPROM of the SIWAREX M. This EEPROM is protected against data loss
caused by a power failure. The texts can only be configured via the
WINDOWS parameterization software package SIWATOOL or via a serial
interface to a host.
The print texts can contain printable ASCII characters
(examples: a b c 1 2 3 ( )....
and control characters; examples: HT (horizontal tabulator), LF (line feed),
CR (carriage return) ....
in the range from 0x00 and 0x7F. See the manual of your printer to deter-
mine which control characters your printer can handle.
The characters \1b start an ESC sequence and the character \ a control code.
Example for DR 215 printer: \1b!1: Bold on
\1b!0: Bold off
\1b3 : Italics on
\1b4 : Italics off
\0C : Form feed (FF)
In addition, placeholders (1 character) can be included in the print layout
(e.g., \fl for net weight) for various fields (e.g., weight values, date/time,
etc.).
The control character EOT (i.e., end of text) defines the end of the printed
text. This character is not sent to the printer.

Fields
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Table 9-13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Possible fields

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Field Type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Placeholder Field Field layout_ (Example)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gross weight F0 hex
Length
15 _<634.50kg>_G__

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Net weight
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
F1 hex 15 __<234.5_t>_Net

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Tare weight
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
F2 hex 15 ____<100_g>_PT_

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Date
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
F3 hex 8 05.27.94

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Time
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
F4 hex 5 13:05

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Weighing no. F5 hex

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1 F6 hex
6
16
123456
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2 F7 hex 16 yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint F8 hex 9 __9.999kg

Blanks are identified with “_”.

The decimal points of the weighing values are indicated as parameterized in
the SIWAREX M. If decimal point is parameterized as 0, no decimal point is
indicated. The type of weight is identified with an abbreviation: G for gross,
Net for net, T for tare, and PT for preset tare (manual tare).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-18 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

Language When German is parameterized as the language, the gross weight identifier B
is printed. The date format changes from “month.day.year” to
“day.month.year”. The 24-hour time format is retained. The decimal point is
shown as a comma.

String fields Two string fields with 16 characters each can be included in the print texts.
The contents of these two fields can be specified via the S7 interface or via
one of the serial interfaces. After a print job is triggered, these data are also
stored separately in case they are needed for a print repetition function.
These separately stored string fields cannot be read back.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 9-14
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
String fields

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Meaning
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 1 (16 characters, values 00 to FF hex)
Format
char
Default
16 times ‘ ‘

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
String field 2 (16 characters, values 00 to FF hex) char 16 times ‘ ‘

Factory setting The standard setting of these two texts is shown below. The contents of the
fields are only examples. The factory setting is German texts.
Layout of text 1:

Datum Uhr Material Verw. Nr. Nettogew. Bruttogew.

27.05.94 13:05 Kakaop. 01 000123 <234,5kg> Net <634,5kg> B

Layout of text 2:

27.05.94 13:45 Kakaop. 01 000124 <300,0kg> Net <934,5kg> B

Format of the Format of text 1:

standard texts
LF,D,a,t,u,m,TAB,TAB,U,h,r,TAB,TAB,M,a,t,e,r,i,a,l,TAB,TAB,V,e,r,w,.,SP,
N,r,.,TAB,N,e,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,TAB,SP,SP,B,r,u,t,t,o,g,e,w,.,LF,LF,F3,TAB,F4,TA
B,TAB,F6, TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,CR,EOT;
(Sum = 72 characters; TAB = 6 columns)
Format of text 2:
F3,TAB,F4,TAB,TAB,F6,TAB,TAB,F5,TAB,F1,TAB,F0,LF,EOT;
(Sum = 15 characters; TAB = 6 columns)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-19
Optional Components

Table 9-15 Labelling

Function SIMATIC Data Record Format Comments

S7

Structure name Length

Addr
Addr. No
No. Byte Bit in
Variable name bytes

ADJ_DATA Selection code (dec.)

Language 120 3 30 - 42 WORD 0=G German* *
LANGUAGE 1 = English

Printing format 1 - - 80 0 - 80 ARRAY See description.

description

Printing format 2 - - 81 0 - 80 ARRAY See description.

String field 1 STRING FIELD

STRING_FIELD 224 26 0 - 16 ARRAY 16 (’ ’)*

String field 2 STRING_FIELD 243 27 0 - 16 ARRAY 16 (’ ’)*

Illegal language Message via indication words of 101 02

0-2 - 3 BYTE Data error 17
the applications
* Factory setting of SIWAREX M

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-20 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Optional Components

9.4 Ex-i Interface SIWAREX IS

Description An Ex-i interface must be switched between the SIWAREX M and the force
and pressure sensors when these sensors are located in potentially explosive
areas. The Ex-i interface SIWAREX IS is used for this purpose. This inter-
face can be used for both SIWAREX P, SIWAREX U and SIWAREX M.

Danger
! The safety of the potentially explosive area is dependent on this device.
Only qualified personnel may perform the required connection and installa-
tion work.
When the mounting and setup regulations for potential explosive areas are
not adhered to
DANGER OF EXPLOSION !

For details on the Ex–i interface, see the manual and the Ex certification.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 9-21
Optional Components

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

9-22 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
SIWATOOL - Description and Use 10
Purpose SIWATOOL is used to administer, generate and change configuration and
process data for the SIWAREX M. It is also used for adjustment and for trig-
gering weighing commands.
This program permits several scales to be processed at the same time.
However, only one set of scales can be parameterized online at the same
time.
When several scales are parameterized, the individual parameterization win-
dows of several offline scales and one online set of scales can be indicated
simultaneously on the monitor screen.
This makes it easy to adjust parameters of different scales to each other, or
compare them.

Use SIWATOOL runs under WINDOWS. It uses the typical WINDOWS environ-
ment and structure.
WINDOWS users will have no trouble using SIWATOOL. Its well-organized
pull-down menus make it almost self-explanatory.
The status of the scales (or one set of scales) can be used as a diagnostic tool
or for error diagnostics.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-1
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.1 Installing SIWATOOL on PC/PG

Prerequisites The following prerequisites are required for the installation and use of
SIWATOOL.
 WINDOWS: 95/98, WINDOWS NT, WINDOWS 200ß and
WINDOWS ME

Installation Proceed as follows to install SIWATOOL.

1. Insert the installation floppy disk or installation CD (“SIWAREX M con-
figuration package”) in the drive.
2. Call the installation program.
Call SETUP.EXE.
SETUP.EXE is included in the SIWATOOL directory on the installa-
tion CD.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.2 Commissioning SIWAREX M with SIWATOOL

If your SIWAREX M is to be commissioned online, the SIWAREX M must
be connected to the PC or PG (i.e., programmer) with a suitable, serial inter-
face cable.

Start SIWATOOL Call SIWATOOL:

 Double click the program symbol in the WINDOWS program manager.
 Or double click SIWATOOL.EXE in the file manager.

Select interface After SIWATOOL has been started, the serial interface used on the PC/PG
(e.g., COM1) must be set via the menu command “Setup > Choose inter-
face”.

Language The SIWATOOL language can be set under menu item ”Einstellungen >
Sprache.” The setting takes effect the next time the program starts up.

Set up new After the interface has been selected, a new set of scales can be set up via the
scales menu command “File > New”. The scales name and unit of weight must be
set. The numbers 0 to 16 may be used as scales numbers.

Notice
Every SIWAREX M can be addressed with scales number “0” regardless of
which scales number is assigned to it.
If, for example, the scales number “4” was assigned to a SIWAREX M, this
SIWAREX M can be addressed under scales number “0” and “4”.
On delivery, the scales number for SIWAREX M has been set to “0” at the
factory. This means that the scales number must always be specified as “0”
during initial commissioning. The scales number can then be changed later.

Figure 10-1 Dialog for setting up a new set of scales

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-3
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

Activate The PC establishes communication to the SIWAREX M with the menu

communication command ”Kommunikation > Kommunikation aktivieren.” The message ”no
communication” disappears, and a measured value is indicated.
If the SIWAREX M has not been adjusted yet (i.e., Adj. LED = off), the mea-
sured value is still “frozen” (i.e., it does not change when the scales are
loaded).

Note
Even if the parity or baud rate of the RS 232 interface has been set incor-
rectly, SIWATOOL determines the correct interface setting automatically. If
communication cannot be established after 8 attempts, check the following.
 The wiring
 The COM setting (COM1, COM2 ...)
 Is the interface used by a STEP 5 or STEP 7 package?

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 SIWATOOL - Description and Use

Zero value and The ”set to zero” and ”taring” scales commands affect the contents of data
tare record DR43 (i.e., tare value and zero setting value more precise). To ensure
that the current data record DR43 (i.e., tare value and zero setting value more
precise) is always stored when the scales parameters are saved to floppy disk,
SIWATOOL reads data record DR43 (i.e., tare value and zero setting value
more precise) cyclically in online mode from the SIWAREX M.
When communication is then established later with the SIWAREX M, it can
be specified (see figure) whether the “tare value and the zero setting value
more precise” value stored in SIWATOOL are to be transferred to the
SIWAREX M, or whether SIWATOOL is to use the “tare value and the zero
setting value more precise” value from the SIWAREX M.

Figure 10-2 Zero value and tare

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-5
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.2.1 SIWATOOL Menu Tree

After a new set of scales has been set up, the main menu bar is displayed.
The main menu bar contains the following submenus.

File New
Open
Save
Save as ...
Close
Print
Print Layout
Printer Setup
Exit
Parameter General Setup
Adjustment data
Scales parameter
Proportioning parameter
Proportioning data
Print text
String fields
Interface Inputs/Outputs
Analog Output
RS 232C
TTY (20 mA)
Status
Display
Status Proportioning
Control panel
Weight values
Weight values factor 10
Digit raw values
Firmware version
Error protocol 0 entries
Commands Weighing commands Zeroing
Proportioning command ext. Tare value valid
Print commands Taring
Setpoint Delete Tare
Specify ext. Tare value Start/Stop
Analog output value
Print Text 1
Print Text 2
Repeat last Print
Communication Activate Communication
Finish Communication
Read data from SIWAREX
Write data to SIWAREX

Setup Tool bar

Status bar

Window Cascade
Tile
Arrange Icons
Help Content
Help about Help
About SIWAREX

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.3 Adjustment of the Scales

Before adjusting the scales, you should always know the number of positions
after the decimal point and the indication increment since both of these fac-
tors determine the available resolution (see also section 10.4).
Use the menu command “Parameter > Adjustment data” to access the ”Ad-
justment data” dialog.
If the parameterization of SIWAREX M differs from the SIWATOOL data,
you will be asked whether SIWATOOL is to accept the adjustment data of the
SIWAREX M.

Figure 10-3 Message when adjustment data differ

After “Ja” (Yes) or “Nein” (No) is activated, the “Adjustment data” dialog
appears. “Ja” and “Nein” appear if you are using the German version of
Windows.

Figure 10-4 Dialog on scales adjustment

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-7
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

New adjustment When a new adjustment is to be performed, the default settings should al-
ways be loaded first (i.e., “Factory settings”).
The number of positions after the decimal point and the unit of weight should
then be specified since the format of all other entries is based on these two
factors.
As the next step, enter the adjustment weight and the maximum load. These
values are transferred to the SIWAREX by activating “Send”.

Note
Decimal points must be entered as “.” in SIWATOOL.

Adjust with test Adjustment with a test weight is described in detail in section 3.3.
weight
Proceed as follows with SIWATOOL.
 Empty the scales, and activate “Zero point valid”.
 Load the scales with the test weight, and activate “Adj. weight valid”.
The adjustment digits “0” and “1” are not indicated by SIWATOOL until the
scales are in adjusted status (i.e., both the zero point and the adjustment
weight have been declared valid).

Theoretical adjust- Theoretical adjustment is also described in section 3.3.

ment

Other settings After the scales have been adjusted, you can then enter the remaining settings
such as filter, digit increment, and so on.

SEND Clicking the “Send” button sends the settings entered with SIWATOOL to the
SIWAREX M.

RECEIVE In reverse, the parameters set in SIWAREX M can be sent to SIWATOOL by

clicking the “Receive” button.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.4 Important Notes on Settings in SIWATOOL

Language, decimal point and unit of weight only apply when a remote
display and/or printer are connected.

Unit of weight The unit of weight consists of any two ASCII characters. Changing the unit
of weight does not change the measured value itself.

Language The language set for the adjustment data of SIWATOOL refers to the repre-
sentation of weighing values on the TD20 remote display and the printer.

Table 10-1 Representation of the weighing values based on language

Language TD20 Printer

German 23,34kg (comma) 23,34kg (comma)
B for Brutto (gross)
Date: DD.MM.YY
English 23.34kg (point) 23.34kg (point)
G for gross
Date: MM.DD.YY

Decimal point The weighing values are represented as fixed point numbers without decimal
point on the S7 bus and the serial interfaces.
Example:
If the decimal point 0.XXX is set via SIWATOOL, a weighing value is indi-
cated by SIWATOOL as 45.123kg for example, and as the fixed point number
45123 by the SIMATIC.
On the printer and remote displays, the weighing values are indicated the
same as by SIWATOOL.

Resolution The setting of the number of positions after the decimal point and the indica-
tion increments determine the resolution which will be available.

Table 10-2 Example

Adjustment Measuring Range Digit Increment Resolution in g Resolution of

Weight Measuring Range
100 kg 0 to 200 kg 1 1000 g 200 parts
100.00 kg 0 to 200.000 kg 1 1g 200,000 parts
100.00 kg 0 to 200.000 kg 50 50 g 4,000 parts

Changing the decimal point later may mean that you will also have to make
changes on the SIMATIC side.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-9
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.5 Weighing Status and Weighing Commands

The status window can be used to view the weighing status of the
SIWAREX M and to trigger weighing commands.

Figure 10-5 Status window of the set scales

Functions of the function keys (from left to right)

1st function key: Set new weighing parameters
2nd function key: Load weighing parameters
3rd function key: Store weighing parameters
4th function key: Cut
5th function key: Copy to intermediate storage location
6th function key: No function
7th function key: No function
8th function key: Indicate program information
9th function key: No function
10th function key: Set to zero
11th function key: Tare

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 SIWATOOL - Description and Use

12th function key: Delete tare memory

13th function key: External tare specification (manual tare
= preset)
14th function key: Start proportioning with taring without
reproportioning
15th function key: Start proportioning with taring with
reproportioning
16th function key: Start proportioning with taring with
reproportioning in inching mode
17th function key: Start inching mode with taring
18th function key: Start proportioning without taring without
reproportioning (also continue a termi-
nated proportioning procedure)
19th function key: Start proportioning without taring with
reproportioning (also continue a termi-
nated proportioning procedure)
20th function key: Start proportioning without taring with
reproportioning in inching mode (also con-
tinue an aborted proportioning procedure)
21st function key: Start inching mode without taring (also
continue an aborted proportioning proce-
dure)
22nd function key: Terminate proportioning
23rd function key: Set analog output value
24th function key: Set external tare specification value
(manual tare = preset)
25th function key: Set proportioning setpoint
26th function key: Error report
The weighing status and the weighing value are displayed on the monitor
screen. You can switch between gross, net and tare weight.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-11
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.6 Proportioning Window

Test proportioning can be triggered in the proportioning window.

Figure 10-6 Proportioning window of the set scales

Switch off point In contrast to the “Parameter/Proportioning data” window, the “Proportioning
status” window shows the switch off points “Fine flow” and “Coarse flow”.

Cutoff values The “Parameter/Proportioning data” window shows the cutoff values of
“Coarse flow” and “Fine flow”.
Since the switch off points always take the set setpoint into consideration,
they deviate from the cutoff values.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 SIWATOOL - Description and Use

10.7 Scales Parameters

The “Parameter” menu is used to specify the scales parameters. The win-
dows and dialogs shown below are self-explanatory. The scales parameters
are described in detail in section 3.

Figure 10-7 The “Parameter” menu

We will now describe a few specific features of SIWATOOL.

Operator’s console The display of the operator’s console can be switched on and off with the
menu command “Display > Control panel”.

Figure 10-8 The control panel

The control panel is used to specify the prespecified values of tare, setpoint
or analog output.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-13
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

When a connected SIMATIC can change the specification values, the “Per-
manent update” option should be switched on. This gives you the capability
of registering changes to the specifications via the SIMATIC, for example.
When a SIMATIC is not connected, the “Permanent update” option should
not be used so that the measured values can be indicated at a high update
rate.

Online error log In online operation, SIWATOOL acquires and logs errors occurring on the
scales.
When error messages are waiting, the error report symbol appears in the main
window of SIWATOOL.

The online error report is displayed when this symbol is double clicked.

Figure 10-9 Online error report

Version informa- The menu command “Help > About SIWAREX” can be used to read access
tion the firmware version of the SIWAREX M. The same applies to the software
version of SIWATOOL. Please read out the following information before
calling the hotline with technical problems.
1. The firmware version of the SIWAREX M
2. The software version of SIWATOOL

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-14 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 SIWATOOL - Description and Use

Compatibility Starting with version V4.1, SIWATOOL can also be used to configure
SIWAREX M modules with firmware status older than 0117.
The following information applies.
 When an older SIWATOOL file (i.e., SKF file) is read, this file is con-
verted to a new format when stored. A file in this new format can no
longer be read by older versions of SIWATOOL (i.e., < V4.1).
When the “Module ³ Connect” menu item is used to activate communica-
tion with the SIWAREX M, SIWATOOL reads the firmware status of
SIWAREX M once. If some of the functions indicated by SIWATOOL are
not available on the SIWAREX M, this is indicated as shown below.

1. Buttons and menus are indicated in gray and cannot be selected.

2. Non-existing status messages are indicated in white.
3. The firmware version is indicated starting at which the function is
available.

The functionality of the SIWAREX M with firmware release starting at 0122

is not completely supported until version 5.5 of SIWATOOL.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 10-15
SIWATOOL - Description and Use

Figure 10-10 SIWATOOL (version V4.1) in online operation with SIWAREX M (version < 0117).

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

10-16 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Error Diagnostics and Treatment 11
General faults The SIWAREX M supports the user during commissioning and trouble-shoot-
ing with a structured diagnostic concept. The malfunction and error mes-
sages are divided into various classes of errors.
When an error causes the SIWAREX M to switch to FAULT operating mode,
no weighing, proportioning or print commands are possible. This operating
mode is retained until the fault has been corrected. An error acknowledg-
ment is not required.
In this state, a command is rejected with an error message. Reading and
writing of data records is still possible if the type of error permits.
Internal errors and external errors cause the system error status. The mo-
dule switches to FAULT operating mode.
Any proportioning procedures are cancelled. FAULT operating mode is ex-
ited automatically after the fault has been corrected (e.g., A/D converter, con-
trol level limit exceeded). An interrupted proportioning procedure is not con-
tinued again automatically.

Warning
! When errors and interference occur, suitable measures must be used to put
the system into a defined state.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 11-1
Error Diagnostics and Treatment

Error classification The following table provides an overview of the various types of fault and
error messages and their differences.

Table 11-1 Types of errors

Type of Error Description Abbreviation in

the Error
Protocol of

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
SIWATOOL

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data errors * Plausibility errors which occur when pa- DF
(section 11.1) rameters and prespecified values are trans-
Synchronuous
errors ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Handling errors *
ferred
Errors which occur while a command is BF

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(section 11.3) being executed

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operational errors Errors which occur while a function is be- BSF

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(section 11.2) ing executed during operation

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Internal errors Hardware errors which are detected by the IF
module and which can be reported

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(section 11.4)
Asynchronuous

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External errors Errors of the connected periphery (hard- EF
errors
ware errors)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(section 11.5)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Other errors Errors which do not fit into one of the -
(section 11.6) above mentioned classes

* These errors are only reported back to the interface which caused the error.

Synchronous Asynchronous error messages are errors which are not directly related to a
and weighing command or a data transmission.
asynchronous
Example:
errors
Asynchronous errors Internal errors, external errors and
operational errors
(e.g., RAM error and load cell wire break)
Synchronous errors Handling errors and data errors
(e.g., illegal weighing commands)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

11-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Error Diagnostics and Treatment

11.1 Data Errors

Description Data errors are plausibility errors which occur during the transmission of pa-
rameters and prespecified values.
These error messages are output in DB-SIWAREX on the S5/S7 interface
after the FB/FC has been called.
These error messages are reported in the acknowledgment telegram on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3).
When a data error occurs, none of the data of this data record are accepted
and processing continues with the old data. A proportioning procedure which
is currently running is aborted.
Data errors are only reported back on the interface which caused the particu-
lar error.

List of data errors

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data errors

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause Corrective Measures

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Dec.)
for

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S5/S7/
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X2/X3

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal limit frequency, digital filter See section 3.2 for correct specification.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment weight too small

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Use a larger adjustment weight (min. of 5% FS).
See section 3 for minimum adjustment weights.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
03 Minimum step increment too small Only for scales subject to verification. Select larger
digit increment or smaller adjustment weight.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
External tare specification > maximum load or < 0 Enter permissible tare specification.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint <

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
switchoff value for fine flow.
Enter permissible setpoint or fine flow value.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
06
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint > Empty scales or specify smaller setpoint.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
overfill limit value - gross weight.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
07 Start command was not executed since setpoint > Specify smaller setpoint, or empty scales and tare
overfill limit value - tare weight. again.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
08
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint was not accepted since setpoint - net Setpoint modification during running proportion-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
weight < cut-off value for fine flow. ing too small.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Specify larger setpoint.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
09
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint >

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
gross weight.
Select smaller setpoint.
Container contents insufficient for deduction weig-
hing

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
10
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Start command was not executed since setpoint > Select smaller setpoint.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tare weight. Container contents insufficient for deduction weig-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
hing

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11 Distance adjustment points too small Use greater adjustment weight (min. 5% FS*).
* FS = Full scale measuring range

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 11-3
Error Diagnostics and Treatment

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data errors

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause Corrective Measures

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No.

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Dec.)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for
S5/S7/

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X2/X3

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint was not accepted since setpoint > overfill Setpoint modification during running proportion-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
limit value - tare weight (for fill weighing) or set- ing too large
point > tare weight (deduction weighing)

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Specify smaller setpoint.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
13 Specification > permissible number range Permissible number range exceeded

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Example:
– Settling time < 0 specified

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
14
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal decimal point
– Negative setpoint specified
Specify correct decimal point.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal identifier value Specify correct identifier value.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal digit increment Specify correct digit increment.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
17
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
18
Illegal language

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Illegal command code
Specify correct language code.
Specify correct command code
* FS = Full scale measuring range

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

11-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Error Diagnostics and Treatment

11.2 Operational Errors

Description Operational errors are errors which occur while a function is being executed
during operation.
These errors are output in DB-SIWAREX on the S7 interface after the FC has
been called.
The current error states can be fetched with a fetch telegram for DR 51 on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3). The error numbers are indicated as bit
structures on the serial interfaces and not as codes. A bit number is assigned
to each error code so that errors of the same type which are queued at the
same time can be reported simultaneously.
Operational errors are reported on all interfaces.

List of operational errors

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operational errors

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause Corrective Measures

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No. for

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Dec.)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X2,X3,
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for S7 S5

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
01 0 Division by zero Temporary error. If necessary, start
SIWAREX again (i.e., software reset). If er-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ror occurs again, call hotline.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Internal counting overflow Temporary error. If necessary, start SIWA-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
REX again (i.e., software reset). If error oc-
curs again, call hotline.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
03
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning was terminated because limit

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Empty scales and repeat proportioning if nec-
value 3 (overfilling limit value) was exceeded essary.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
or the zero setting or taring range was excee-
ded.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
04 3 Internal printer buffer overflow Temporary error (e.g., when a blank printer
text is sent). If necessary, start SIWAREX

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ again (i.e., software reset). If error occurs

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
again, call hotline.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
05 4 Internal buffer overflow Temporary error. If necessary, start
(task communication) SIWAREX again (i.e., software reset). If er-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ror occurs again, call hotline.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
06
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Erroneous data transmission on interface X3 - Check connection and wiring.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(TTY) - Check shield connection.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Remove external source of

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
interference.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
07 6 Erroneous data transmission on interface X2 - Check connection and wiring.
(RS 232C) - Check shield connection.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Remove external source of
interference.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 11-5
Error Diagnostics and Treatment

11.3 Handling Errors

Description Handling errors are errors which usually occur while a command is being
executed. When a handling error occurs, the desired command is not
executed. In addition, handling errors are reported when proportioning or
adjustment data are transferred while a proportioning procedure is running.
In this case, all data of this data record are rejected and a proportioning pro-
cedure which is running is aborted.
These error messages are output in DB-SIWAREX on the S7 interface after
the FC has been called.
These error messages are reported in the acknowledgment telegram on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3).
Handling errors are only reported back on the interface which caused the par-
ticular error.

List of handling errors

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-4 Handling errors

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Err. No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause Corrective Measures

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Dec.) for
S5/S7/

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X2/X3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
01
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Adjustment data not permitted since proportion- Send adjustment data to SIWAREX M after run-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ing procedure is running ning proportioning procedure has been concluded.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
02 Adjustment command cannot be executed since Repeat adjustment command after proportioning
proportioning procedure is running. procedure has been concluded.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
03
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing was not performed since maximum load Reduce load on scales until below maximum load,

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
was exceeded. and repeat the print command.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Tare command was not executed since no scales Wait until the scales come to a standstill.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
standstill.
05 “External tare specification valid” command not Repeat command after proportioning command has

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
permitted since proportioning procedure is run- been concluded.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ning

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
06 Tare command was not executed since maximum Reduce load on scales until below maximum load,
load was exceeded. and repeat command.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
07
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Data which are subject to verification were not Write protection is activated.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
changed. If you really want to change data subject to verifica-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tion, deactivate the calibration switch (write protec-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tion).
The scales must be recertified by official authorities

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ after data subject to verification have been changed.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
08
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting/taring range exceeded Zero setting: Check object to be weighed for soil,

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(operation subject to verification) and clean if necessary so that the permissible zero
setting range of 2% (as related to the adjusted scales

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ zero point) is achieved again.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Taring: Increase gross weight

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
09
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting was not performed since no scales Wait for the scales to come to a standstill, and re-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
standstill peat zero setting.
10 Waiting time of 5 seconds not adhered to Allow waiting time of 5 seconds between the com-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ mand “zero point valid”, “adjustment weight

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
valid”, and “load factory setting”.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

11-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Error Diagnostics and Treatment

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Handling errors

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Err. No.

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Dec.) for
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Corrective Measures

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S5/S7/

ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X2/X3

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
11 Zero setting was not executed since scales were Adjust scales.
not adjusted.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Parameter assignment was not executed since Wait for running proportioning procedure to finish,

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
proportioning procedure was running. and repeat parameter assignment.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
13
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing was not performed since printer was not

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ready (XOFF).
- Printer not connected
- Printer offline

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- No paper in the printer

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- PC or host connected to interface X2

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
14 Tare command was not executed since propor- Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.
tioning procedure was running.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Setpoint was not accepted since fine flow had

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
already shut off (after-running).
Change of setpoint performed too late

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
16
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Zero setting was not executed since the propor-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tioning procedure was running.
Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
17 Signal allocation for output not permissible Use permissible signal allocation.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
18 Command allocation for input not permissible Use permissible command allocation

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
19 Printing not possible since no printer is con- PC or host is connected to
nected interface X2.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Printing was not executed since no standstill. Wait for scales standstill, and repeat print com-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
21
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Command cannot be executed in this operating
mand.
Error message has been output (e.g., operational

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
mode.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
error/internal error/external error) or an attempt was
made to start a proportioning procedure while the
BASP/OD signal was queued (function activated

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
via DIP switch).
Correct error, and repeat command.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
22 Distance of adjustment points too small Repeat adjustment with larger adjustment weight.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
23 Start command not permitted since the propor- Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.
tioning procedure is running

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
24
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning data not permitted since propor- Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tioning procedure is running

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
25
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Proportioning parameter not permitted since pro-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
26 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
portioning procedure is running
Start command was not executed since net
Wait for proportioning procedure to finish.

Correct setpoint.
weight > setpoint - fine flow switchoff value or
net weight > tolerance-minus limit

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 11-7
Error Diagnostics and Treatment

11.4 Internal Errors

Description Internal errors are hardware errors which have been detected by the module
and which can be reported.
These errors are reported on the S7 interface with a diagnosis alarm.
The current error states can be fetched with a fetch telegram for DR51 on the
two serial interfaces (i.e., X2 and X3). The error numbers are indicated as bit
structures on the serial interfaces and not as codes. A bit number is assigned
to each error code so that errors of the same type which are queued at the
same time can be reported simultaneously.
Internal errors are reported on all interfaces.

List of internal errors

Table 11-5 Internal errors

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error Error Cause Corrective Measures
No. Bit No.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(Dec.)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for S7 X2,X3,

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S5

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
01 0 RAM error, read-write test Start SIWAREX M again (i.e., software re-
set).

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ If the error occurs again, contact hotline. If

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
necessary, the SIWAREX M may have to be
sent in for repairs.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
02
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
RAM error, checksum test The maximum buffer time has been ex-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(buffer malfunction)

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ceeded.
The RAM error is acknowledged by transfer

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
of DR43, and the fault state is exited.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
03 2 EEPROM error, checksum test Start SIWAREX M again.
If the error occurs again, transfer the adjust-

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ment and parameter data again. If the error

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
still occurs, contact hotline. If necessary, the
SIWAREX M may have to be sent in for re-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
04
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
A/D converter error during read-access
pairs.
Start SIWAREX M again.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ The problem may also be caused by EMC

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
problems. It is imperative to adhere to the
notes in sections 2.1 and 2.2. (If the error oc-

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
curs again, contact hotline. If necessary, the
SIWAREX M may have to be sent in for re-
pairs.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
05
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
4
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Watch dog error Start SIWAREX M again.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ If the error occurs again, contact hotline. If

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
necessary, the SIWAREX M may have to be
sent in for repairs.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

11-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Error Diagnostics and Treatment

11.5 External Errors

Description External errors are hardware errors of the connected periphery.

These errors are reported on the S7 interface with a diagnosis alarm.
The current error states can be fetched with a fetch telegram for DR 51 on the
two serial interfaces X2 and X3. The error numbers are indicated on the se-
rial interfaces as bit structures and not codes. A bit number is assigned to
each error code so that errors of the same type which are queued at the same
time can be reported simultaneously.
External errors are reported on all interfaces

List of external errors

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-6 External errors

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Error
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Cause Corrective Measures

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
No. Bit No.
(Dec.) for

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for S7
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
X2,X3,
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
S5

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
01 0 Minimum voltage has been passed below on The signal levels on the load cell input are in
the sense lines. nonpermissible range.

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Check connection and wiring of
the load cells (e.g., wire break).

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Voltage drop on the load cell lines too great
- Line cross sections are insufficient, or lines

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
are too long.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
02 1 Control limit exceeded or passed below Measuring signal too great in relation to the
measuring range

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Poles have been reversed in the
load cell connection.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Measuring range is too small.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- Wire break (see external error 01)
The problem may also be caused by EMC

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
problems. It is imperative to adhere to the
notes in sections 2.1 and 2.2.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
05 4 Interface remote display malfunctioning Check connections and SIWAREX M -
(time monitoring) TD20 link.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Check program module of the TD20 (e.g.,

ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
correct position and right module).
Reset TD20, or reset SIWAREX M (with

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
software reset).
06 5 Communication to RS 232 interface faulty B protocol is selected, but the connection is
faulty.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 11-9
Error Diagnostics and Treatment

11.6 Other Errors

Description Other errors are errors which do not fit the error classes previously men-
tioned. Examples include errors which can be deduced from the front LEDs
or errors which cause unusual behavior.

LED-related errors Various status and error message lamps are located on the left side of the
housing (see view of the front). These LEDs indicate various operating
states.
Eight additional status lamps are located on the right side of the housing.
They indicate the status of the DI/DOs and the 24 V supply. The LEDs are
permanently allocated to the respective input/output.

Table 11-7 LED allocation

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Position Color Labelling Cause/Status

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 1 Red SF System fault (internal or external error
has occurred)

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 2 Red OF Operation fault

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 3 Green Scales verified

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 4 Green Standstill

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 5

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LED 6
Green
Green ADJ
0 1/4d zero
Scales adjusted

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-8 Description of the LED states

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
LEDs Cause/Status Corrective Measures

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1 2 3 4 5 6

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
+ - - - - - System error See sections 11.4 / 11.5.

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
- + - - - - Operational error See section 11.2.

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
+ + - - - - Program error Boot SIWAREX M again (soft-
+ + + - - - ware reset).

ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
+ ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
+

ÁÁ
+
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
+ +
+ -

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
+ +
-
-
Contact service if error occurs
again.

ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁ
+
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
+

ÁÁÁÁ
+
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
+ + + DIL switch 3 = ON Set switch to OFF.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(ON is only for service and main-
tenance purposes.)

ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
x
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
x

ÁÁ
x
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
x x

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
x DIL switch 4 = ON Set switch to OFF.
(ON is only for service and main-

ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
tenance purposes.)
- LED off, + LED on, x LED flashing

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

11-10 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Error Diagnostics and Treatment

List of
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Table 11-9
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Diverse errors
diverse errors
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Behavior

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Possible Cause Corrective Measures

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Digital outputs do not

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
switch through.
 The soldered in over-
load fuse for the digital
Send in module for repairs.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
outputs on the
SIWAREX M is defec-
tive. Correct short circuit.

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Short circuit on the

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ output

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
24 V is present on X1

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(24 V LED on), but no
other function
 Soldered in fuse on the Send in module for repairs.
power supply PCB is
defective, or other

ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ hardware defect.

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 11-11
Error Diagnostics and Treatment

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

11-12 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Technical Specifications 12

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 12-1
Technical Specifications

12.1 Interfaces
Voltage supply, A function low voltage with intrinsically safe isolation (in accordance with
24 V DC (X1) EN 60204-1, section 6.4, PELV) must be provided by the sys. voltage supply.

Nominal Voltage 24 V DC
Lower/upper limits, static 20.4 V/30.2 V DC (in acc. with DIN 19240)
Lower/upper limits, dynamic 18.5 V/30.2 V DC (in acc. with DIN 19240)
Noncyclic overvoltages 35 V DC for 500 msec at a recovery time of 50 sec
Maximum current consump- 300 mA
tion
Power loss of the module 6W
(typical)
Switchon current surge Max. of 4.5 A
at 25° C

Voltage supply Current consumption from S7-300 50 mA (typical)

from the backplane bus
SIMATIC S7-300

Load cell interface Weighing accuracy in acc. with EN 45501 (nIND) 6000 d
Certification as non-automatic scales, commercial class III
Weighing accuracy with Ex-i interface SIWAREX Pi in acc. 6000 d
with EN45501 (nIND)
Class accuracy at 20° C + 10 K 0.01%
Update rate: 20 msec
Resolution: + 19 bits
(+ 524,000 parts)
3 measuring ranges: 0 to 1 mV/V
0 to 2 mV/V
0 to 4 mV/V
Permissible range of the measuring signals -41.5 to 41.5 mV
(largest characteristic value set)
Max. distance of the load cell (verification capability) 1000 m (500 m)
Max. distance of the load cell to the Ex-i interface in Ex area
– for gas group IIC 300 m
– for gas group IIB 1000 m
Minimum measuring signal D uMin per d 0.5 mV
Load cell supply Voltage: 10.2 V DC, typical*
Current: < 180 mA
Permissible load cell resistance without Ex-i interface: > 60 W
< 4010 W
Permissible load cell resistance with Ex-i interface: > 87 W
< 4010 W

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

12-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Technical Specifications

Monitoring of the sense inputs: 2.5 V

Hysteresis, 300 mV
Triggering time of the sense line monitor < 1 sec
Noise (band width of 10 Hz) 150 nV, typical
Common mode suppression, CMRR @ 50 Hz 200 dB, typical
Measured value filter 0.05 to 5 Hz
- (Digital filter, 4th order, critical attenuation)
- Switchable, average value filter

* Values apply to the output of the module

Step response Step Response Response Time with Filters Disabled

From 10% to 90% 60 msec (3 measuring cycles)
From 0% to 100% 100 msec (5 measuring cycles)

Analog output (X1) 0 mA is always output when the BASP signal (S7 CPU) is active. The BASP
function must have been activated for the SIWAREX M.

Output current range 1: 0 to 20 mA

Output current range 2: (20% reduced resolution) 4 to 20 mA
Typ. total error at 25° C: 0.15%
Typ. temperature drift 20 ppm/° C
Update rate: Approx. 350 msec
Load (incl. line resistance): < 600 W
Total temperature coefficient: + 75 ppm/K
Resolution 16 bits (65, 536 parts)*

* Resolution reduced by 20% for operating mode 4 to 20 mA

Digital inputs (DI) The signal status is low when DIs are not circuited. A low signal level is
Digital outputs always output on the DO when the BASP signal (S7 CPU) is active.
(DO)
A free wheeling diode must be provided on the consumer when inductive
loads are present on the DO.

DI DO
Number 3 4
Nominal voltage 24 V DC
Potential isolation: 500 V
In acc. with IEC 1131, UL 508, CSA C22.0 no. 142
Voltage range, H signal: 15 V to 30 V DC
Voltage range, L signal: -3 V to 5 V DC

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 12-3
Technical Specifications

DI DO
Input current (15 to 30 V): 4 to 13 mA
Switching frequency: Max. of 10 Hz
Nominal current: 0.5 A
Max. output current: 0.6 A
Max. cum. current 1A
Potential isolation: 500 V
Voltage drop on the module 3V
Switching delay: < 22 msec
Short-circuit proof: Yes

RS 232 interface Baud rate: 2400 or 9600 baud

Max. distance: 15 m
Signal level: In acc. with EIA-RS232C

TTY interface Max. loop current for external supply 25 mA

(Must be provided by the user)
Typ. loop current: 20 mA
Potential isolation (for external supply): 500 V
Baud rate: 9600 baud
Max. distance: 1000 m
Caution: No potential isolation for own supply
Own voltage: 5 V, + 5%
Max. external voltage, sender: Max. of 28.8 V
Voltage drop, receiver (typ.): 1.1 V
Voltage drop, sender (typ.): 0.5 V

Data buffering Basic data (i.e., parameterization data and adjustment data) are backed up on
EEPROM memory safe from loss due to a power failure. Gold capacitors are
used to buffer the dynamic process data.
Since it is not equipped with a battery, the module is completely maintenance
free.

Buffering time of the data in the EEPROM 100 years

Permissible number of write accesses for 100,000
EEPROM
Typ. backup time of the process data at 25° C 72 hours
Min. backup time of the process data at 25° C 6 hours

Reliability MTBF SN 29500 > 20 years at +40° C

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

12-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Technical Specifications

12.2 Physical Requirements and Data

Dimensions 130 mm 80 mm

SF
OF

DO1
0 DO2
ADJ DO3
DO4
DI 1
DI 2

125 mm
DI 3

X2
7MH4537–3AD01 3 4

Weight: Approx. 600 g

Figure 12-1 Dimensions

Tests

Test Standards Test Values

Vibration stress DIN IEC 68-2-6 Class 3M3
during operation DIN IEC 721, part 3-3 Test Fc
IEC 1131-2 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm displacement
58 to 150 Hz: 9.8 m/sec2
10 cycles per axis
1 octave/min.
Shock stress DIN IEC 68-2-27 Class 3M3
during operation DIN IEC 721, part 3-3 Test Ea
IEC 1131-2 150 m/sec2, semi-sinus
Duration: 11 msec
Number: 3 per axis
In neg. and pos. direction

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 12-5
Technical Specifications

12.3 Electrical, EMC and Climatic Requirements

Electrical Protection and Safety Requirements

Requirement Met Standards Remarks
Safety regulations EN 60204, DIN VDE 0113 The electrical protection and safety
requirements stated in UL, CSA and
IEC 1131, UL 508
FM are met. UL, CSA, and FM cer-
CSA C22.2, no. 142 tification has been granted.
FM class I, div. 2
UL/CSA
Protection class VDE 0106, part 1 Protection class I, with protective
conductor
IEC 536
IP protection class DIN 60529 (x.xx) In S7 rack: IP20
IEC 529 SIWAREX M alone: IP10
Air and creep paths IEC 1131 Overvoltage category II
UL 508 Degree of soiling: 2
CSA C22.2, no. 142 PCB material IIIa
Printed circuit interval: 0.5 mm
Isolation test IEC 1131-2: 1992 Nominal voltage: 24 V
CSA C22.2, no. 142 Test voltage: 500 V DC
Fire resistance For open type controller:
IEC 1131-2: 1992, UL 508
Manufacturing materials SN 36350 (3.93)

Electromagnetic Compatibility
Remarks Standards Remarks
Burst pulses on current supply lines: DIN EN 61000 4 4 2 kV
(DIN VDE 0843, part 4) (in acc. w. 90/384/EWG 1 kV)
Burst pulses on data and signal lines: DIN EN 61000 4 4 2 kV
(DIN VDE 0843, part 4) (in acc. w. 90/384/EWG 0.5 kV)
Electrostatic contact discharge DIN EN 61000 4 4 6 kV
(ESD) (DIN VDE 0843, part 2)
Surge voltage on power supply lines DIN EN 61000 4 5 "2 kV unsym.*
(DIN VDE 0847 T 4-5) "1 kV sym.
Surge voltage on data and signal DIN EN 61000-4-5 "1 kV unsym.*
lines (DIN VDE 0847 T 4-5)
Single, high energy pulse (surge) DIN EN 61000 4 5 2 kV*
Non-symmetric (DIN VDE 0839, part 10)
RF emission (electromagnetic fields), DIN EN 61000 4 3 Up to 3 V/m
10 kHz to 80 MHz (DIN VDE 0843, part 3)
RF emission (electromagnetic fields), DIN EN 61000 4 3 Up to 10 V/m
80 MHz to 1000 MHz (DIN VDE 0843, part 3) (in acc. w. 90/384/EWG 3 V/m)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

12-6 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Technical Specifications

Remarks Standards Accuracy

RF electrification IEC 801-6 10 V (mod: 80% AM with 1 kHz)
10 kHz to 80 MHz
Interference suppression** EN 55011, VDE 0875, part 11 Class A

* Must be ensured via external protective components

** Additional measures are required (e.g., installation in 8MC cabinets) when used in residential areas.

EMC The guidelines contained in part 1 of NAMUR NE21, and European guide-
lines 90/384/EWG covering non-automatic scales, and 89/336/EWG covering
emission and resistance to electromagnetic interferences have been complied
with for electromagnetic compatibility (i.e., EMC).

Environmental The SIWAREX M is designed for permanent use in SIMATIC S7-300 sys-
requirements tems, protected from the weather. IEC 1131-2 describes the conditions of
use.
When used under particularly rugged conditions (e.g., high degree of dust,
presence of caustic fumes or gases, etc.), additional protection must be pro-
vided (e.g., encapsulation).

Climatic Requirements
Remarks Environmental Requirements Application Areas
Operating temperature: The standard S7-300 modules may
Vertical installation in S7-300 -10° to +60° C not be operated at temperatures of
under 0° C.
Horizontal installation in S7-300 -10° to +40° C
Operation requiring verification ca- -10° to +40° C
pability
Storage and transportation tempera- -40° to +70° C
ture
Relative humidity 5 to 95% Without condensation. Corresponds
to relative humidity degree 2 in acc.
with DIN IEC 1131-2.
Air pressure during operation 795 to 1080 hPa Corresponds to a height of
(-1000 to 1500 m above sea level)
Air pressure during storage 660 to 1080 hPa Corresponds to a height of
(-1000 to 3500 m above sea level)
Pollution concentration SO2: < 0.5 ppm Rel. hum. < 60%, no condensation
H2S: < 0.1 ppm

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 12-7
Technical Specifications

12.4 Potential Isolation

24V supply
X1 Pin 1/2

Digital outputs S7 bus interface

X1 Pin 3-8

Digital inputs
X1 Pin 9-12
100K

Analog outputs RS232 interface

X1 Pin 13/14 X2
*2) *2)

Load cell 100K TTY interface

X1 Pin 15-20 *2) X3
*1)

*1) Galvanic isolation (potential isolation) only for external power supply
*2) No galvanic isolation (potential non-isolation via 100 kOhm resistor)

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

12-8 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Sales/Hotline/Repairs/Replacement Parts/
Training/Internet 13
Hotline Siemens AG
A&D PI 14
Tel: +49 (0)721 595 2811
Fax: +49 (0)721 595 2901

Repairs/ Contact your Siemens representative at your local or national branch.

replacement parts

Internet Information available under Internet address

http://www.siwarex.de/
 Product information
 Training courses
 Infromation on current software states

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 13-1
Sales/Hotline/Repairs/Replacement Parts/Training/Internet

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

13-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
Index
Numbers Communication, S7/C7, 5-4
Components, 1-8
3964R, 7-3
Configuration package, S7/C7, 5-2
Configurator, 4-2
Connection diagram for load cells, 2-12
A Connection elements, 2-9
Acknowledgment telegram, 8-21 Connection of load cells, 2-12
Active backplane bus, 6-2 Connection of remote displays, 9-4
Adjustment, 3-4 Connection, analog output, 2-17
Adjustment data, 3-40, 8-7 Connection, digital inputs, 2-16
Adjustment digit, 3-4 Connection, digital outputs, 2-14
Alarm processing, 5-30 Connection, load cells, 2-11
Analog Output, 3-47 Connection, RS 232 interface, 2-18
Analog output, 2-9, 2-17, 8-14 Connection, TTY interface, 2-19
Analog output (X1), 12-3 Consecutive weighing number, 9-16
Analog output connection, 2-17 Control character (printer), 9-18
Analog output value, 8-18 CP 342-5, 6-1
Analog/digital converter, 3-2 CP 443-5, 6-1
Application mailboxes, 5-12 Current output, 2-17, 3-47
Asynchronous errors, 5-9, 5-18
Automatic printout, 9-16
Automatic Reproportioning, 3-28 D
Automatic scales, 2-24
Data backup, 3-39
Automatic zero point offset, 3-4, 3-13
Data buffering, 12-4
Data errors, 11-3
Data records, 4-3, 5-9
B Date, 3-41, 8-18
Background processing (S7/C7), 5-29 DB-ARB, 5-6
BASP, 2-4, 2-5 DB-ARB (S7/C7), 5-28
Buffer malfunction, 5-20 DB-SIWAREX, 5-6, 5-21
Built-in elements, 1-8 DB-SIWAREX (S7/C7), 5-21
Bus connector, 2-6 DB-VECTOR, 5-6
DB-VECTOR (S7/C7), 5-28
Decimal place, 3-4
C Deduction weighing, 1-10, 3-23
Default values, 3-41
Calculation, 3-15
Diagnostic alarm, 5-19
Calibration, 3-2
Diagram, 3-25
Calibration switch, 2-4
Digit increment, 3-11
Central integration, S7-300, 5-1
Digit increment indication, 3-11
Certification (verification), 2-24
Digital filter, 3-3
Certification of the SIWAREX M, 2-24
Digital inputs, 2-9, 2-16, 3-43, 12-3
Characteristic value, 3-4
Digital outputs, 2-9, 2-14, 3-45, 12-3
Climatic Requirements, 12-7
Dimensions, 12-5
Commands, 9-16
DIP switch, 2-5, 11-10
Communication, 4-4, 8-2

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 Index-1
Index

Distributed link, 6-1 F

Diverse errors, 11-11
FC 41, 5-8
DR0, 8-4
FC SIWA-M, 5-8
DR1, 8-5
Features, 1-3
DR100, 8-21
Fetch telegram, 8-21
DR101, 8-21
Fields, 9-18
DR2, 8-6
Fill level scales, 1-9
DR22, 8-14
Fill weighing, 1-10, 3-23, 3-25
DR23, 8-14
Filtering, 3-3
DR24, 8-15
Finished message, 3-23
DR26, 8-15
Format of the standard texts, 9-19
DR27, 8-15
Front, 2-9
DR28, 8-15
Front plug connector, 2-10
DR29, 8-16
Function overview, 1-9
DR3, 8-7
Functions, 3-1
DR30, 8-16
DR31, 8-16
DR32, 8-17
DR33, 8-18 G
DR34, 8-18 Galvanic isolation, 12-8
DR35, 8-18 Gross weight, 3-15
DR4, 8-9
DR40, 8-18
DR41, 8-18 H
DR42, 8-19
Handling errors, 11-6
DR43, 8-19
Host system, 4-1, 7-1
DR5, 8-9
Host system, link to, 4-2
DR51, 8-19
Hotline, 13-1
DR6, 8-10
Hysteresis, 3-17
DR7, 8-13
DR8, 8-13
DR80, 8-20
DR81, 8-20 I
DR9, 8-14 I/O bus, 2-3
I/O input byte, 5-43
I/O output byte, 5-44
E IM 153-1 (on S7/C7), 6-1
Inching Mode, 3-27
EMC, 12-7
Indication and connection elements, 2-9
Empty message, 3-19
Indication values, 3-11
EN/ENO (S7/C7), 5-11
Indication word, 5-9
Environmental requirements, 12-7
Industrial scales, 1-8
Equipotential bonding conductor, 2-11
Inspection seal, 2-25
Error classification, 11-2
Installation, 10-2
Error diagnosis, 11-1
Interface parameters, 8-13
Evaluation device, 1-8
Internal errors, 11-1, 11-8
Ex-i interface, 2-11, 9-21
Internal errors (S7/C7), 5-19
External devices, 9-1
Internet, 13-1
External errors, 11-1, 11-9
Introduction, 1-2
External errors (S7/C7), 5-19
External verifiable memory, 9-11

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

Index-2 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618
 Index

J P
Junction box, 1-8, 2-12 Parameter assignment, 2-22
Parameter assignment, methods of, 2-22
Parameterization function, 3-43
L Periphery, 1-7
Placeholder, 9-18
Labelling, 2-10
Potentialplan, 12-8
LED, 2-21
Power failure, 3-39
LED color, 2-9
Power supply, 2-9
LED test, 2-21
Primary components, 1-8
LED-related errors, 11-10
Print data, 8-18
Life bit monitoring (S7/C7), 5-18
Print functions, 9-16
Limit values, 3-17
Print layout, 4-4, 8-2, 8-20, 9-18
Link, 2-23, 7-1
Print logs, 3-41
Load bearing implement, 1-8
Printer, 9-1, 9-14
Load cell, 1-8, 2-9
Printer cable, 9-15
Load cell connection, 2-11
Printer protocol, 9-14
Printout, 9-16
Process alarms, 5-30
M Process data, 4-3, 8-1
Malfunctions, 11-1 Proportioning data, 8-14
Material Flow Monitoring, 3-31 Proportioning functions, 3-23
Maximum limit value, 3-17 Proportioning monitoring, 3-32
Maximum scales load, 3-17 Proportioning parameters, 8-9
Mean value filter, 3-3 Proportioning procedure, 3-24
Measured value acquisition, 3-2 Proportioning, interruption of, 3-24
Measured values, expanded, 8-16
Measured values, more precise, 8-17
Measuring values, 4-4, 8-2 Q
Meßwertauswahl, 5-44
Qualified personnel, 2-1
Minimum adjustment weight, 3-5
Mounting, how to, 2-6
Multi-processor operation, 6-2
R
Raw digit values, 8-18
N Raw measured value, 3-3
READ_DATA, 5-12
Net weight, 3-15
Readjustment, 3-6
Non-automatic scales, 2-24
Reliability, 12-4
Remote displays, 9-2, 9-4
Repair, 13-1
O Replacement parts, 13-1
OB101, 6-1 Reproportioning , 3-27, 3-28
OB82, 5-19 Resolution, 3-11
OD, Outpur Disable, 2-4 RS 232 interface, 2-18, 12-4
Operational errors, 11-5 RS 232 interface (driver), 7-6
Operational errors (S7/C7), 5-18
Operator control, 10-1
Optimization function, 3-33 S
Overfill limit value, 3-17
S7 interface, 2-3
Overview, weighing functions, 1-9

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

(4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618 Index-3
Index

S7-300, central, 5-1 T

S7-300/400, decentral, 6-1
Tare information, 8-19
S7-400, 6-1
Tare specification, 3-15
Safety precautions, 2-1, 2-3
Tare, externally specified, 8-15
Sample application, 5-33
Taring, 3-15
Sample application (S7/C7), 5-33
Technical Specifications, 12-1
Sample program (S7/C7), 5-33
Telegram header, 7-2, 7-3
Scale interval, 3-11
Telegram layout (SIWAREX driver), 7-2
Scales parameters, 8-9
Temperature influences, 3-13
Scales standstill, 3-21, 3-23
Test values, 12-5
Screw terminals, 2-11
Theoretical adjustment, 3-7
Self test, 3-38
Time, 3-41, 8-18
Setpoint, 8-14
Time monitorung, 3-30
Setpoint modification, 3-24
Tolerance check, 3-21
Setting data, 4-3, 8-1
TTY interface, 2-19, 12-4
Setting elements, 2-4
TTY interface (driver), 7-5
Setting functions, 2-5
Type identifier, 8-19
Setting to zero, 3-13
Settling time, 3-21
SETUP (S7/C7), 5-2
Setup of the weighing system, 1-8 U
Shield holder element, 2-6 Update rate, 3-41
Shield terminal, 2-6, 2-8
Side view, 2-25
Signal modules, 2-3 V
SIMATIC S7-300, 4-2
Verification, 2-24
Single-component scales, 1-10
Verification label, 2-24
SIWAREX driver, 7-2
Verification stamp, 2-25
SIWAREX IS, 9-21
Visual inspection, 2-20
SIWAREX M, 1-3
Voltage supply, 12-2
SIWATOOL, 10-1
SIWATOOL, installation of, 10-2
Slot, 2-3
Special case, 3-19 W
Specified value, analog output, 8-15 Weighing functions, overview, 1-9
Standards, 12-6 Weighing system setup, 1-8
Standstill monitoring, 3-21 Weight calculation, 3-4
Standstill time, 3-21 Weight values, 8-16
Standstill value, 3-21 Wiring, rules for, 2-8
Startup behavior (S7/C7), 5-30 Write protection, 2-5, 2-24, 3-40
Status lamps, 2-9 WRITE_COMMAND, 5-17
Step response, 12-3 WRITE_DATA, 5-12
String fields, 8-15, 9-19
Switch, DIP, 2-5
Switchoff value, 3-17 X
Switchon value, 3-17
XON/XOFF protocol, 9-14
Synchronous errors, 5-9, 5-16
System configuration, 2-22
System integration, overview, 1-4
Z
Zero point, 3-13
Zero point offset, 3-13

SIWAREX M Equipment Manual

Index-4 (4) J31069-D0609-U001-A4-7618